<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Shieber</id>
	<title>Harvard Open Access Project - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Shieber"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/Special:Contributions/Shieber"/>
	<updated>2026-06-06T08:11:44Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.6</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Additional_resources&amp;diff=5544</id>
		<title>Additional resources</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Additional_resources&amp;diff=5544"/>
		<updated>2016-10-28T15:00:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shieber: /* Other recommendations for university OA policies */ Fixed update date on OSC model OA policy.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This is a section within [[Good practices for university open-access policies]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Policies of the kind recommended in the guide ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chronological by date of adoption. Links point to policies, not institutional home pages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those considering adopting their own policies, we recommend starting with the current [https://osc.hul.harvard.edu/modelpolicy Harvard model policy], which incorporates the latest recommended practices described in this guide. HOAP project staff are [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/hoap/Main_Page#Policy_consultations available for consultation] on drafting as well. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hfaspolicy Harvard Faculty of Arts and Sciences], February 12, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hlspolicy Harvard Law School], May 1, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://ed.stanford.edu/faculty-research/open-archive/open-access-motion Stanford University School of Education], June 26, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hksgpolicy Harvard Kennedy School of Government], March 10, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://libraries.mit.edu/sites/scholarly/mit-open-access/open-access-at-mit/mit-open-access-policy/ Massachusetts Institute of Technology] (MIT), March 18, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://documents.ku.edu/policies/governance/OpenAccess.htm University of Kansas], April 30, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.eprints.org/openaccess/policysignup/fullinfo.php?inst=University%20of%20Oregon%3A%20Library%20Faculty  University of Oregon, Library Faculty], May 7, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- former url = https://mx2.arl.org/Lists/SPARC-OAForum/Message/4943.html --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://mx2.arl.org/Lists/SPARC-OAForum/Message/4950.html University of Oregon, Department of Romance Languages], May 14, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hgsepolicy Harvard Graduate School of Education], June 1, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.trinity.edu/org/senate/Trinity%20University%20Open%20Access%20Policy.pdf Trinity University], October 27, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.oberlin.edu/library/programs/openaccess/resolution.html Oberlin College], November 18, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://zsr.wfu.edu/documents/ZSR_Librarians_Assembly_Open_Access_Policy.pdf Wake Forest University, Library Faculty], February 1, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hbspolicy Harvard Business School], February 12, 2010 &lt;br /&gt;
# [http://scholarship.rollins.edu/as_facpub/Open_Access_Policy_Final_02252010.pdf Rollins College], February 25, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://library.duke.edu/openaccess/duke-openaccess-policy.html Duke University], March 18, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://mx2.arl.org/Lists/SPARC-OAForum/Message/5436.html University of Puerto Rico Law School], March 24, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hdspolicy Harvard Divinity School], November 15, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://library.manoa.hawaii.edu/about/scholcom/oaatuhm.html The University of Hawaii-Manoa], Faculty Senate December 2010, Final adoption March 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://scholcomm.columbia.edu/open-access/open-access-policies/lamont-doherty-earth-observatory-open-access-policy/ Columbia University, Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory], December 22, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.eifl.net/news/strathmore-university-open-access-policy-keny Strathmore University], c. February 2011&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://guides.main.library.emory.edu/content.php?pid=43389&amp;amp;sid=2144393 Emory University], March 15, 2011&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hgsdpolicy Harvard Graduate School of Design], March 20, 2011&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://scholcomm.columbia.edu/open-access/open-access-policies/columbia-university-libraries-information-services-open-access-policy/ Columbia University Libraries], June 1, 2011&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.princeton.edu/dof/policies/publ/fac/open-access-policy/ Princeton University], September 19, 2011&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.hope.edu/admin/provost/fachandbook/Obligations/C6-C9/C9.html Hope College], October 15, 2011&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://researchguides.uic.edu/libraryoapolicy University of Illinois Chicago, Library Faculty], November 21, 2011&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://nile.lub.lu.se/ojs/index.php/sciecominfo/article/view/5425/4751 Bifröst University] (in English), or [http://www.bifrost.is/islenska/um-haskolann/stefna-og-hlutverk/opinn-adgangur/ in Icelandic], first vote May 2011; confirmed January 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=1&amp;amp;ved=0CCIQFjAA&amp;amp;url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.jkuat.ac.ke%2F%3Fwpdmact%3Dprocess%26did%3DNjguaG90bGluaw%3D%3D&amp;amp;ei=5nV4UNjMAY-M0QH4o4H4DQ&amp;amp;usg=AFQjCNGkNk5ceu_i5MW0zdbKxcLOrZVH-A&amp;amp;sig2=SPrJ8r5ZZ_wCa2HynZ5mnA Jomo Kenyatta University of Agriculture and Technology], c. March 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://carmenwiki.osu.edu/display/libraries/Faculty+Open+Access+Resolution Ohio State University Libraries], March 15, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.usu.edu/hr/files/uploads/535.pdf Utah State University], April 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.lib.muohio.edu/news_and_notes/open-access-policy Miami University of Ohio, Library faculty], May 14, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.library.ucsf.edu/help/scholpub/oapolicy University of California - San Francisco], May 21, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://library.umassmed.edu/oa_policy University of Massachusetts Medical School], July 27, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://publications.mcgill.ca/reporter/2012/10/mcgill-librarians-announce-support-of-open-access-movement/ McGill University Librarians], c. October 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://soar.libraries.rutgers.edu/ Rutgers University], October 19, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hsphpolicy Harvard School of Public Health], November 26, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://library.gatech.edu/scdc/OA_policy_draft Georgia Institute of Technology], November 27, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.arl.org/sparc/bm~doc/olinopenaccesspolicy_approved_112812.pdf Olin College of Engineering], November 28, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.eifl.net/news/university-nairobi-open-access-policy University of Nairobi], December 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://new.wellesley.edu/sites/default/files/assets/departments/provost/files/openaccesspolicy2.13.13.pdf Wellesley College], February 6, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://openaccess.voices.wooster.edu/policy/ College of Wooster], March 4, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://www.amherst.edu/library/about/policies/openaccess Amherst College], March 5, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.uri.edu/facsen/about/legislation/legislation_documents/2012-13/Bill_12-13-29.pdf University of Rhode Island], March 21, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://sites.allegheny.edu/scholarlycommunication/acoapolicy/ Allegheny College], May 16, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://openarchive.stanford.edu/content/gse-student-open-archive-motion Stanford doctoral students at the Graduate School of Education], May 24, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://library.caltech.edu/coda/OA_Policy_6.10.2013.pdf California Institute of Technology], June 10, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://cdss.library.oregonstate.edu/open-access Oregon State University], June 13, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.universityofcalifornia.edu/openaccesspolicy/ University of California], July 24, 2013; [http://osc.universityofcalifornia.edu/open-access-policy/policy-text/presidential/ strengthened], October 26, 2015 &lt;br /&gt;
# [http://repository.brynmawr.edu/oapolicy.pdf Bryn Mawr College], December 11, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.davidketcheson.info/2014/07/01/KAUST_goes_open_access.html King Abdullah University of Science and Technology] (KAUST), July 1, 2014&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.iupui.edu/~fcouncil/committees/library_affairs/Draft-IUPUI-Open-Access-Policy-package-copyedited-20140828.pdf Indiana University-Purdue University Indianapolis] (IUPUI), October 7, 2014&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hmspolicy Harvard Medical School], June 18, 2014&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/node/9401 Berkman Klein Center for Internet &amp;amp; Society], [http://www.harvard.edu/ Harvard University], October 9, 2014&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://shorensteincenter.org/research-publications/open-access-policy/ Shorenstein Center on Media, Politics and Public Policy], [http://www.harvard.edu/ Harvard University], December 2014&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.policy.umn.edu/Policies/Research/SCHOLARLYARTICLES.html University of Minnesota], December 2014&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- # [http://www.libraries.psu.edu/psul/pubcur/LFOandOA/Libraries_OA_Policy_Notes.html Penn State University Library Faculty], February 11, 2015 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.bu.edu/library/files/2015/02/Open-Access-Policy-2015.pdf Boston University], February 11, 2015&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://guides.lib.udel.edu/scholcom/openaccess University of Delaware], April 6, 2015&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://faccoun.unc.edu/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/Res2015-09OnOpenAccess.pdf University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill], April 24, 2015&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hucepolicy Harvard University Center for the Environment], July 1, 2015&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.senate.illinois.edu/sc1512.pdf University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign], October 19, 2015&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- policy home page, as opp policy text: &lt;br /&gt;
http://researchguides.uic.edu/OAPOLICY&lt;br /&gt;
the policy adoption date may be in May 2016; checking this out --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://library.umass.edu/about-the-libraries/policies/open-access-policy/ University of Massachusetts Libraries], January 6, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://github.com/fsulib/Office-of-Digital-Research-and-Scholarship-Docs/blob/master/oapolicy.md Florida State University], February 17, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://new.library.arizona.edu/research/open-access/policy University of Arizona], April 4, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://library.umass.edu/locations/sc/open-access-at-umass-amherst/ University of Massachusetts Amherst], April 7, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://sites.middlebury.edu/openaccess/2016/02/26/proposed-open-access-policy/ Middlebury College], May 17, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.lib.utexas.edu/d7/sites/default/files/services/scholarly-publishing/open-access-policy.pdf University of Texas Libraries], October 5, 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other recommendations for university OA policies ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Roberto Barbera, Rita Ricceri, and Mario Torrisi, [http://www.sci-gaia.eu/wp-content/uploads/2015/09/D3.1_Guidelines_to_setup_and_configure_an_appliance_or_the_deployment_of_standard_compliant_Sci-GaIA1.pdf Guidelines to Setup and Configure an Appliance for the Development of Standard Compliant Open Access Repositories], Sci-GaIA (Energising Scientific Endeavour through Science Gateways and e-Infrastructures in Africa), August 2015. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* BOAI (Budapest Open Access Initiative), [http://www.opensocietyfoundations.org/openaccess/boai-10-recommendations Ten years on from the Budapest Open Access Initiative: setting the default to open], September 12, 2012. The ten-year anniversary statement from the BOAI, with recommendations for policy and practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Martin Borchert and Paula Callan, [http://eprints.qut.edu.au/59212/ Strategies for gaining and maintaining academic support for the institutional open access repository], April 14, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* COAR (Confederation of Open Access Repositories), [http://www.coar-repositories.org/news-media/sustainable-practices-for-populating-repositories-report-published/ Incentives, Integration, and Mediation: Sustainable Practices for Populating Repositories], June 18, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ellen Finnie Duranceau and Sue Kriegsman, [http://www.ala.org/alcts/sites/ala.org.alcts/files/content/resources/papers/ir_ch05_.pdf Implementing Open Access Policies Using Institutional Repositories], chapter 5 of Pamela Bluh and Cindy Hepfer (eds.), &#039;&#039;The Institutional Repository: Benefits and Challenges&#039;&#039;, American Library Association, Association for Library Collections and Technical Services (ALCTS), January 2013. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ellen Finnie Duranceau and Sue Kriegsman, [http://nrs.harvard.edu/urn-3:HUL.InstRepos:23503499 Campus Open-Access Policy Implementation Models and Implications for IR Services], in Burton Callicott, David Scherer, and Andrew Wesolek (eds.), &#039;&#039;Making Institutional Repositories Work&#039;&#039;, Charleston Insights in Library, Archival, and Information Sciences, Purdue University Press, 2015, pp. 87-105. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* EOS (Enabling Open Scholarship), [http://www.openscholarship.org/jcms/c_6217/formulating-an-institutional-open-access-policy Formulating an institutional Open Access policy].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* EUA (European University Association), [http://www.eua.be/Libraries/Publications_homepage_list/Open_access_report_v3.sflb.ashx EUA&#039;s Open Access Checklist for Universities: A Practical Guide on Implementation], 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Stevan Harnad, [http://openaccess.eprints.org/index.php?/archives/864-.html Integrating Institutional and Funder Open Access Mandates: Belgian Model], Open Access Archivangelism, December 23, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Stevan Harnad, [http://eprints.soton.ac.uk/381526/ Optimizing Open Access Policy], &#039;&#039;Serials Review&#039;&#039;, September 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Stevan Harnad, [http://eprints.soton.ac.uk/267298/ Waking OA&#039;s &amp;quot;Slumbering Giant&amp;quot;: The University&#039;s Mandate To Mandate Open Access], &#039;&#039;New Review of Information Networking&#039;&#039;, 14, 1 (2008) pp. 51-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harvard Office for Scholarly Communication, [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/modelpolicy Harvard Model Open Access Policy]. Annotated. Last updated, December 18, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- also see&lt;br /&gt;
** Harvard&#039;s guidelines and FAQs&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/authors/policy_guide Guidelines for authors]&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/publishers Guidelines for publishers]&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/dash/termsofuse DASH terms of use]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* András Holl, Erika Bilicsi, and David Ball, [http://www.pasteur4oa.eu/sites/pasteur4oa/files/resource/BP_Open%20Access%20Mandate%20Support.pdf Briefing Paper: Open Access mandate support], PASTEUR4OA, January 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Meg Hunt and Alma Swan, [http://www.pasteur4oa.eu/sites/pasteur4oa/files/resource/Policy%20typology%20-FINAL.pdf Open Access policy typology: A briefing paper for research institutions], PASTEUR4OA, September 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* JISC (Joint Information Systems Committee), [https://www.jisc.ac.uk/guides/implementing-open-access Implementing Open Access: some practical steps your institution can take], apparently first released in 2015. Periodically updated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* JISC, [http://openaccess.jiscinvolve.org/wp/files/2015/06/v2JR0038_OA_Good_practice_MAY2015_v5.compressed.pdf OA good practice pathfinder update: Supporting universities’ open access implementation through sharing examples of good practice], Spring 2015. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* JISC, [https://www.jisc.ac.uk/guides/your-institution-and-open-access Your institution and open access], June 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Danny Kingsley, [https://digitalcollections.anu.edu.au/handle/1885/8897 Developing policies to support open access at your university], Working Paper, Australian National University, November 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* MedOANet (Mediterranean Open Access Network), [http://medoanet.eu/sites/www.medoanet.eu/files/documents/MED2013_GUIDELine_dp_EN_ws.pdf MedOANet Guidelines for implementing open access policies: For research performing and research funding organizations], November 2013. Now [http://www.medoanet.eu/news/medoanet-guidelines-implementing-open-access-policies-available-7-languages available in seven languages].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://guidelines.readthedocs.io/en/latest/literature/ OpenAIRE Guidelines for Literature Repositories], OpenAire, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* OASIS (Open Access Scholarly Information Sourcebook), [http://www.openoasis.org/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=article&amp;amp;id=145&amp;amp;Itemid=298 Developing an Institutional Open Access Policy], April 7, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* RCAAP (Repositório Científico de Acesso Aberto de Portugal), [http://projecto.rcaap.pt/index.php/lang-pt/consultar-recursos-de-apoio/remository?func=fileinfo&amp;amp;id=336 Open Access Policies Kit], March 31, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bernard Rentier, [http://www.researchresearch.com/index.php?articleId=1354635&amp;amp;option=com_news&amp;amp;template=rr_2col&amp;amp;view=article Institutional repositories: it’s a matter of sticks and carrots], &#039;&#039;*Research&#039;&#039;, September 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Arthur Sale, Marc Couture, Eloy Rodrigues, Leslie Carr, and Stevan Harnad, [http://eprints.soton.ac.uk/268511/ Open Access Mandates and the &amp;quot;Fair Dealing&amp;quot; Button], in: Rosemary J. Coombe and Darren Wershler, eds., &#039;&#039;Dynamic Fair Dealing: Creating Canadian Culture Online&#039;&#039;, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Stuart Shieber, [http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/pamphlet/category/scholarly-communication/ The Occasional Pamphlet]. Blog entries on scholarly communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* SPARC (Scholarly Publishing and Academic Resources Coalition), [http://www.sparc.arl.org/sites/default/files/Common%20Misconceptions%20Campus%20OA%20Policies.pdf Responses to common misconceptions about campus open-access policies], n.d.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- for SPARC, I formerly linked to this:&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.arl.org/sparc/bm~doc/sparc_boycott_next_steps.pdf A SPARC Guide for Campus Action, April 25, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
link now dead; but here&#039;s a copy at Internet Archive:&lt;br /&gt;
http://web.archive.org/web/20130308140500/http://www.arl.org/sparc/bm~doc/sparc_boycott_next_steps.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
but more about campus activism for OA in general than univ OA policies. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- for SPARC, also formerly linked to this: &lt;br /&gt;
http://www.arl.org/sparc/advocacy/campus/ Campus Open Access Policies project, launched August 5, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
but I think this project is obsolete --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Peter Suber, [http://nrs.harvard.edu/urn-3:HUL.InstRepos:4322589 OA policy options for funding agencies and universities], SPARC Open Access Newsletter, February 2, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Peter Suber [http://bit.ly/oa-book &#039;&#039;Open Access&#039;&#039;], MIT Press, 2012, especially Chapter 4 on [http://archive.org/stream/9780262517638OpenAccess/9780262517638_Open_Access#page/n89/mode/2up Policies]. Also see the [http://bit.ly/oa-book#ch4 updates and supplements to Chapter 4].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Peter Suber, [http://nrs.harvard.edu/urn-3:HUL.InstRepos:4317659 Three principles for university open access policies], SPARC Open Access Newsletter, April 2, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* SUNScholar, [http://wiki.lib.sun.ac.za/index.php/SUNScholar/Practical_guidelines_for_starting_an_institutional_repository_(IR) Practical guidelines for starting an institutional repository], Stellenbosch University, July 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alma Swan, [http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0021/002158/215863e.pdf Policy Guidelines for the Development and Promotion of Open Access], UNESCO, March 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Sarah Tanksalvala, [http://duraspace.org/articles/2903 Running Effective Institutional Repositories: A Look at Best Practices], DuraSpace, June 15, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Victoria Tsoukala and Marina Angelaki, [http://www.pasteur4oa.eu/sites/pasteur4oa/files/resource/INSTITUTIONS_POLICY%20GUIDELINES_FINAL.pdf Open Access Policy Guidelines for Research Performing Organizations], PASTEUR4OA, September 2015. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* UK OAIG (UK Open Access Implementation Group), [http://web.archive.org/web/20150529131345/http://open-access.org.uk/information-and-guidance/ Information and Guidance], December 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== University OA policies in general ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://aoasg.org.au/ AOASG] (Australasian Open Access Support Group) [http://aoasg.org.au/open-access-policies/ page on Open Access Policies]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.sparc.arl.org/COAPI COAPI] (Coalition of Open Access Policy Institutions), [http://www.sparc.arl.org/COAPI/contacts Institution Contacts and their Open Access Policies].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://roarmap.eprints.org/ ROARMAP] (Registry of Open Access Repositories Mandatory Archiving Policies). The most comprehensive list of university OA mandates. Also includes funding-agency OA mandates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://oad.simmons.edu/oadwiki/Unanimous_faculty_votes Unanimous faculty votes for university OA policies]. A list maintained by the [http://oad.simmons.edu Open Access Directory].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Relevant tag libraries from the [[Open Access Tracking Project]]. These are archives of alerts to news and comment on certain OA subtopics. The library for each tag is updated in real time, and can be followed as an RSS, Atom, or JSON feed, or on an HTML page organized like a blog:&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/oatp/tag/oa.best_practices Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.best_practices&amp;quot;] (items on OA best practices, including best practices on all OA-related topics, not just university OA policies)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/oatp/tag/oa.case.policies.universities Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.case.policies.universities&amp;quot;] (case studies of university OA policies)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/oatp/tag/oa.case.repositories Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.case.repositories&amp;quot;] (case studies of OA repositories)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/oatp/tag/oa.compliance Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.compliance&amp;quot;] (items on compliance with OA policies)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/oatp/tag/oa.deposits Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.deposits&amp;quot;] (items on depositing work in OA repositories)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/oatp/tag/oa.ir Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.ir&amp;quot;] (items on institutional repositories)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/oatp/tag/oa.mandates Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.mandates&amp;quot;] (items on OA mandates, including funder mandates, not just university mandates)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/oatp/tag/oa.policies Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.policies&amp;quot;] (items on OA policies, including funder policies, not just university policies)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Return to the [[Good_practices_for_university_open-access_policies|table of contents]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shieber</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Additional_resources&amp;diff=4229</id>
		<title>Additional resources</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Additional_resources&amp;diff=4229"/>
		<updated>2015-03-21T15:29:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shieber: /* Policies of the kind recommended in the guide */ Added HOAP consultation offer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This is a section within [[Good practices for university open-access policies]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Policies of the kind recommended in the guide ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chronological by date of adoption. Links point to policies, not institutional home pages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those considering adopting their own policies, we recommend starting with the current [https://osc.hul.harvard.edu/modelpolicy Harvard model policy], which incorporates the latest recommended practices described in this guide, rather than the policies below, which may vary from the model in certain aspects. HOAP project staff are [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/hoap/Main_Page#Policy_consultations available for consultation] on drafting as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hfaspolicy Harvard Faculty of Arts and Sciences], February 12, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hlspolicy Harvard Law School], May 1, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://ed.stanford.edu/faculty-research/open-archive/open-access-motion Stanford University School of Education], June 26, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hksgpolicy Harvard Kennedy School of Government], March 10, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://libraries.mit.edu/sites/scholarly/mit-open-access/open-access-at-mit/mit-open-access-policy/ Massachusetts Institute of Technology] (MIT), March 18, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://documents.ku.edu/policies/governance/OpenAccess.htm University of Kansas], April 30, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://mx2.arl.org/Lists/SPARC-OAForum/Message/4943.html University of Oregon, Library Faculty], May 7, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://mx2.arl.org/Lists/SPARC-OAForum/Message/4950.html University of Oregon, Department of Romance Languages], May 14, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hgsepolicy Harvard Graduate School of Education], June 1, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.trinity.edu/org/senate/Trinity%20University%20Open%20Access%20Policy.pdf Trinity University], October 27, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.oberlin.edu/library/programs/openaccess/resolution.html Oberlin College], November 18, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://zsr.wfu.edu/documents/ZSR_Librarians_Assembly_Open_Access_Policy.pdf Wake Forest University, Library Faculty], February 1, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hbspolicy Harvard Business School], February 12, 2010 &lt;br /&gt;
# [http://scholarship.rollins.edu/as_facpub/Open_Access_Policy_Final_02252010.pdf Rollins College], February 25, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://library.duke.edu/openaccess/duke-openaccess-policy.html Duke University], March 18, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://mx2.arl.org/Lists/SPARC-OAForum/Message/5436.html University of Puerto Rico Law School], March 24, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hdspolicy Harvard Divinity School], November 15, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://library.manoa.hawaii.edu/about/scholcom/oaatuhm.html The University of Hawaii-Manoa], Faculty Senate December 2010, Final adoption March 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://scholcomm.columbia.edu/open-access/open-access-policies/lamont-doherty-earth-observatory-open-access-policy/ Columbia University, Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory], December 22, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.eifl.net/news/strathmore-university-open-access-policy-keny Strathmore University], c. February 2011&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://guides.main.library.emory.edu/content.php?pid=43389&amp;amp;sid=2144393 Emory University], March 15, 2011&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hgsdpolicy Harvard Graduate School of Design], March 20, 2011&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://scholcomm.columbia.edu/open-access/open-access-policies/columbia-university-libraries-information-services-open-access-policy/ Columbia University Libraries], June 1, 2011&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.princeton.edu/dof/policies/publ/fac/open-access-policy/ Princeton University], September 19, 2011&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.hope.edu/admin/provost/fachandbook/Obligations/C6-C9/C9.html Hope College], October 15, 2011&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://nile.lub.lu.se/ojs/index.php/sciecominfo/article/view/5425/4751 Bifröst University] (in English), or [http://www.bifrost.is/islenska/um-haskolann/stefna-og-hlutverk/opinn-adgangur/ in Icelandic], first vote May 2011; confirmed January 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=1&amp;amp;ved=0CCIQFjAA&amp;amp;url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.jkuat.ac.ke%2F%3Fwpdmact%3Dprocess%26did%3DNjguaG90bGluaw%3D%3D&amp;amp;ei=5nV4UNjMAY-M0QH4o4H4DQ&amp;amp;usg=AFQjCNGkNk5ceu_i5MW0zdbKxcLOrZVH-A&amp;amp;sig2=SPrJ8r5ZZ_wCa2HynZ5mnA Jomo Kenyatta University of Agriculture and Technology], c. March 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.usu.edu/hr/files/uploads/535.pdf Utah State University], April 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.lib.muohio.edu/news_and_notes/open-access-policy Miami University of Ohio, Library faculty], May 14, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.library.ucsf.edu/help/scholpub/oapolicy University of California - San Francisco], May 21, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://library.umassmed.edu/oa_policy University of Massachusetts Medical School], July 27, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://publications.mcgill.ca/reporter/2012/10/mcgill-librarians-announce-support-of-open-access-movement/ McGill University Librarians], c. October 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://senate.rutgers.edu/RGPEConS1103onOpenAccessOctober2012.pdf Rutgers University], October 19, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hsphpolicy Harvard School of Public Health], November 26, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://library.gatech.edu/scdc/OA_policy_draft Georgia Institute of Technology], November 27, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.arl.org/sparc/bm~doc/olinopenaccesspolicy_approved_112812.pdf Olin College of Engineering], November 28, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.eifl.net/news/university-nairobi-open-access-policy University of Nairobi], December 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://new.wellesley.edu/sites/default/files/assets/departments/provost/files/openaccesspolicy2.13.13.pdf Wellesley College], February 6, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://openaccess.voices.wooster.edu/policy/ College of Wooster], March 4, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://www.amherst.edu/library/about/policies/openaccess Amherst College], March 5, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.uri.edu/facsen/about/legislation/legislation_documents/2012-13/Bill_12-13-29.pdf University of Rhode Island], March 21, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://sites.allegheny.edu/scholarlycommunication/acoapolicy/ Allegheny College], May 16, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://openarchive.stanford.edu/content/gse-student-open-archive-motion Stanford doctoral students at the Graduate School of Education], May 24, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://library.caltech.edu/coda/OA_Policy_6.10.2013.pdf California Institute of Technology], June 10, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://cdss.library.oregonstate.edu/open-access Oregon State University], June 13, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.universityofcalifornia.edu/openaccesspolicy/ University of California], July 24, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://repository.brynmawr.edu/oapolicy.pdf Bryn Mawr College], December 11, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.davidketcheson.info/2014/07/01/KAUST_goes_open_access.html King Abdullah University of Science and Technology] (KAUST), July 1, 2014&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.iupui.edu/~fcouncil/committees/library_affairs/Draft-IUPUI-Open-Access-Policy-package-copyedited-20140828.pdf Indiana University-Purdue University Indianapolis] (IUPUI), October 7, 2014&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hmspolicy Harvard Medical School], June 18, 2014&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/node/9401 Berkman Center for Internet &amp;amp; Society], [http://www.harvard.edu/ Harvard University], October 9, 2014&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://shorensteincenter.org/research-publications/open-access-policy/ Shorenstein Center on Media, Politics and Public Policy], [http://www.harvard.edu/ Harvard University], December 2014&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other recommendations for university OA policies ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* BOAI (Budapest Open Access Initiative), [http://www.opensocietyfoundations.org/openaccess/boai-10-recommendations Ten years on from the Budapest Open Access Initiative: setting the default to open], September 12, 2012. The ten-year anniversary statement from the BOAI, with recommendations for policy and practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* COAR (Confederation of Open Access Repositories), [http://www.coar-repositories.org/news-media/sustainable-practices-for-populating-repositories-report-published/ Incentives, Integration, and Mediation: Sustainable Practices for Populating Repositories], June 18, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ellen Finnie Duranceau and Sue Kriegsman, [http://www.ala.org/alcts/sites/ala.org.alcts/files/content/resources/papers/ir_ch05_.pdf Implementing Open Access Policies Using Institutional Repositories], chapter 5 of Pamela Bluh and Cindy Hepfer (eds.), &#039;&#039;The Institutional Repository: Benefits and Challenges&#039;&#039;, American Library Association, Association for Library Collections and Technical Services (ALCTS), January 2013. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* EOS (Enabling Open Scholarship), [http://www.openscholarship.org/jcms/c_6217/formulating-an-institutional-open-access-policy Formulating an institutional Open Access policy].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Stevan Harnad, [http://openaccess.eprints.org/index.php?/archives/864-.html Integrating Institutional and Funder Open Access Mandates: Belgian Model], Open Access Archivangelism, December 23, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Stevan Harnad, [http://eprints.soton.ac.uk/267298/ Waking OA&#039;s &amp;quot;Slumbering Giant&amp;quot;: The University&#039;s Mandate To Mandate Open Access],  New Review of Information Networking 14, 1 (2008) pp. 51-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harvard Office for Scholarly Communication, [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/modelpolicy Harvard Model Open Access Policy]. Annotated. Last updated, October 10, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- also see&lt;br /&gt;
** Harvard&#039;s guidelines and FAQs&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/authors/policy_guide Guidelines for authors]&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/publishers Guidelines for publishers]&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/dash/termsofuse DASH terms of use]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* MedOANet (Mediterranean Open Access Network), [http://medoanet.eu/sites/www.medoanet.eu/files/documents/MED2013_GUIDELine_dp_EN_ws.pdf MedOANet Guidelines for implementing open access policies: For research performing and research funding organizations], November 2013. Now [http://www.medoanet.eu/news/medoanet-guidelines-implementing-open-access-policies-available-7-languages available in seven languages].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* OASIS (Open Access Scholarly Information Sourcebook), [http://www.openoasis.org/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=article&amp;amp;id=145&amp;amp;Itemid=298 Developing an Institutional Open Access Policy], April 7, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* RCAAP (Repositório Científico de Acesso Aberto de Portugal), [http://projecto.rcaap.pt/index.php/lang-pt/consultar-recursos-de-apoio/remository?func=fileinfo&amp;amp;id=336 Open Access Policies Kit], March 31, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Arthur Sale, Marc Couture, Eloy Rodrigues, Leslie Carr, and Stevan Harnad, [http://eprints.soton.ac.uk/268511/ Open Access Mandates and the &amp;quot;Fair Dealing&amp;quot; Button], in: Rosemary J. Coombe and Darren Wershler, eds., &#039;&#039;Dynamic Fair Dealing: Creating Canadian Culture Online&#039;&#039;, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Stuart Shieber, [http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/pamphlet/category/scholarly-communication/ The Occasional Pamphlet]. Blog entries on scholarly communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* SPARC (Scholarly Publishing and Academic Resources Coalition), [http://www.arl.org/sparc/bm~doc/sparc_boycott_next_steps.pdf A SPARC Guide for Campus Action], April 25, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* SPARC, [http://www.arl.org/sparc/advocacy/campus/ Campus Open Access Policies project], launched August 5, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Peter Suber, [http://nrs.harvard.edu/urn-3:HUL.InstRepos:4322589 OA policy options for funding agencies and universities], SPARC Open Access Newsletter, February 2, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Peter Suber, [http://nrs.harvard.edu/urn-3:HUL.InstRepos:4317659 Three principles for university open access policies], SPARC Open Access Newsletter, April 2, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alma Swan, [http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0021/002158/215863e.pdf Policy Guidelines for the Development and Promotion of Open Access], UNESCO, March 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== University OA policies in general ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* COAPI (Coalition of Open Access Policy Institutions), [http://www.arl.org/sparc/about/COAPI/the-coalition-of-open-access-policy-institutions-c.shtml Institution Contacts and their Open Access Policies].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://roarmap.eprints.org/ ROARMAP] (Registry of Open Access Repositories Mandatory Archiving Policies). The most comprehensive list of university OA mandates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://oad.simmons.edu/oadwiki/Unanimous_faculty_votes Unanimous faculty votes for university OA policies]. A list maintained by the [http://oad.simmons.edu Open Access Directory].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Relevant tag libraries from the [http://oad.simmons.edu/oadwiki/OA_tracking_project Open Access Tracking Project]. These are archives of alerts to news and comment on certain OA subtopics. The library for each tag is updated in real time and includes links to live RSS and Atom feeds:&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/oatp/tag/oa.best_practices Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.best_practices&amp;quot;] (including best practices on all OA-related topics, not just university OA policies)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/oatp/tag/oa.case.policies.universities items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.case.policies.universities&amp;quot;] (case studies of university OA policies)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/oatp/tag/oa.case.repositories Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.case.repositories&amp;quot;] (case studies of OA repositories)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/oatp/tag/oa.deposits Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.deposits&amp;quot;] (on depositing work in institutional repositories)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/oatp/tag/oa.ir Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.ir&amp;quot;] (for &amp;quot;institutional repositories&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/oatp/tag/oa.mandates Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.mandates&amp;quot;] (including funder mandates, not just university mandates)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/oatp/tag/oa.policies Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.policies&amp;quot;] (including funder policies, not just university policies)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Return to the [[Good_practices_for_university_open-access_policies|table of contents]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shieber</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Additional_resources&amp;diff=4228</id>
		<title>Additional resources</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Additional_resources&amp;diff=4228"/>
		<updated>2015-03-21T15:25:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shieber: /* Policies of the kind recommended in the guide */ Added paragraph directing drafters to the model policy instead of these listed policies.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This is a section within [[Good practices for university open-access policies]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Policies of the kind recommended in the guide ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chronological by date of adoption. Links point to policies, not institutional home pages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those considering adopting their own policies, we recommend starting with the current [https://osc.hul.harvard.edu/modelpolicy Harvard model policy], which incorporates the latest recommended practices described in this guide, rather than the policies below, which may vary from the model in certain aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hfaspolicy Harvard Faculty of Arts and Sciences], February 12, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hlspolicy Harvard Law School], May 1, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://ed.stanford.edu/faculty-research/open-archive/open-access-motion Stanford University School of Education], June 26, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hksgpolicy Harvard Kennedy School of Government], March 10, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://libraries.mit.edu/sites/scholarly/mit-open-access/open-access-at-mit/mit-open-access-policy/ Massachusetts Institute of Technology] (MIT), March 18, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://documents.ku.edu/policies/governance/OpenAccess.htm University of Kansas], April 30, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://mx2.arl.org/Lists/SPARC-OAForum/Message/4943.html University of Oregon, Library Faculty], May 7, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://mx2.arl.org/Lists/SPARC-OAForum/Message/4950.html University of Oregon, Department of Romance Languages], May 14, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hgsepolicy Harvard Graduate School of Education], June 1, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.trinity.edu/org/senate/Trinity%20University%20Open%20Access%20Policy.pdf Trinity University], October 27, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.oberlin.edu/library/programs/openaccess/resolution.html Oberlin College], November 18, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://zsr.wfu.edu/documents/ZSR_Librarians_Assembly_Open_Access_Policy.pdf Wake Forest University, Library Faculty], February 1, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hbspolicy Harvard Business School], February 12, 2010 &lt;br /&gt;
# [http://scholarship.rollins.edu/as_facpub/Open_Access_Policy_Final_02252010.pdf Rollins College], February 25, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://library.duke.edu/openaccess/duke-openaccess-policy.html Duke University], March 18, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://mx2.arl.org/Lists/SPARC-OAForum/Message/5436.html University of Puerto Rico Law School], March 24, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hdspolicy Harvard Divinity School], November 15, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://library.manoa.hawaii.edu/about/scholcom/oaatuhm.html The University of Hawaii-Manoa], Faculty Senate December 2010, Final adoption March 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://scholcomm.columbia.edu/open-access/open-access-policies/lamont-doherty-earth-observatory-open-access-policy/ Columbia University, Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory], December 22, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.eifl.net/news/strathmore-university-open-access-policy-keny Strathmore University], c. February 2011&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://guides.main.library.emory.edu/content.php?pid=43389&amp;amp;sid=2144393 Emory University], March 15, 2011&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hgsdpolicy Harvard Graduate School of Design], March 20, 2011&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://scholcomm.columbia.edu/open-access/open-access-policies/columbia-university-libraries-information-services-open-access-policy/ Columbia University Libraries], June 1, 2011&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.princeton.edu/dof/policies/publ/fac/open-access-policy/ Princeton University], September 19, 2011&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.hope.edu/admin/provost/fachandbook/Obligations/C6-C9/C9.html Hope College], October 15, 2011&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://nile.lub.lu.se/ojs/index.php/sciecominfo/article/view/5425/4751 Bifröst University] (in English), or [http://www.bifrost.is/islenska/um-haskolann/stefna-og-hlutverk/opinn-adgangur/ in Icelandic], first vote May 2011; confirmed January 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=1&amp;amp;ved=0CCIQFjAA&amp;amp;url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.jkuat.ac.ke%2F%3Fwpdmact%3Dprocess%26did%3DNjguaG90bGluaw%3D%3D&amp;amp;ei=5nV4UNjMAY-M0QH4o4H4DQ&amp;amp;usg=AFQjCNGkNk5ceu_i5MW0zdbKxcLOrZVH-A&amp;amp;sig2=SPrJ8r5ZZ_wCa2HynZ5mnA Jomo Kenyatta University of Agriculture and Technology], c. March 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.usu.edu/hr/files/uploads/535.pdf Utah State University], April 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.lib.muohio.edu/news_and_notes/open-access-policy Miami University of Ohio, Library faculty], May 14, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.library.ucsf.edu/help/scholpub/oapolicy University of California - San Francisco], May 21, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://library.umassmed.edu/oa_policy University of Massachusetts Medical School], July 27, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://publications.mcgill.ca/reporter/2012/10/mcgill-librarians-announce-support-of-open-access-movement/ McGill University Librarians], c. October 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://senate.rutgers.edu/RGPEConS1103onOpenAccessOctober2012.pdf Rutgers University], October 19, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hsphpolicy Harvard School of Public Health], November 26, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://library.gatech.edu/scdc/OA_policy_draft Georgia Institute of Technology], November 27, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.arl.org/sparc/bm~doc/olinopenaccesspolicy_approved_112812.pdf Olin College of Engineering], November 28, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.eifl.net/news/university-nairobi-open-access-policy University of Nairobi], December 2012&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://new.wellesley.edu/sites/default/files/assets/departments/provost/files/openaccesspolicy2.13.13.pdf Wellesley College], February 6, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://openaccess.voices.wooster.edu/policy/ College of Wooster], March 4, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://www.amherst.edu/library/about/policies/openaccess Amherst College], March 5, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.uri.edu/facsen/about/legislation/legislation_documents/2012-13/Bill_12-13-29.pdf University of Rhode Island], March 21, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://sites.allegheny.edu/scholarlycommunication/acoapolicy/ Allegheny College], May 16, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://openarchive.stanford.edu/content/gse-student-open-archive-motion Stanford doctoral students at the Graduate School of Education], May 24, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://library.caltech.edu/coda/OA_Policy_6.10.2013.pdf California Institute of Technology], June 10, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://cdss.library.oregonstate.edu/open-access Oregon State University], June 13, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://osc.universityofcalifornia.edu/openaccesspolicy/ University of California], July 24, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://repository.brynmawr.edu/oapolicy.pdf Bryn Mawr College], December 11, 2013&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.davidketcheson.info/2014/07/01/KAUST_goes_open_access.html King Abdullah University of Science and Technology] (KAUST), July 1, 2014&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.iupui.edu/~fcouncil/committees/library_affairs/Draft-IUPUI-Open-Access-Policy-package-copyedited-20140828.pdf Indiana University-Purdue University Indianapolis] (IUPUI), October 7, 2014&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hmspolicy Harvard Medical School], June 18, 2014&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/node/9401 Berkman Center for Internet &amp;amp; Society], [http://www.harvard.edu/ Harvard University], October 9, 2014&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://shorensteincenter.org/research-publications/open-access-policy/ Shorenstein Center on Media, Politics and Public Policy], [http://www.harvard.edu/ Harvard University], December 2014&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other recommendations for university OA policies ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* BOAI (Budapest Open Access Initiative), [http://www.opensocietyfoundations.org/openaccess/boai-10-recommendations Ten years on from the Budapest Open Access Initiative: setting the default to open], September 12, 2012. The ten-year anniversary statement from the BOAI, with recommendations for policy and practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* COAR (Confederation of Open Access Repositories), [http://www.coar-repositories.org/news-media/sustainable-practices-for-populating-repositories-report-published/ Incentives, Integration, and Mediation: Sustainable Practices for Populating Repositories], June 18, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ellen Finnie Duranceau and Sue Kriegsman, [http://www.ala.org/alcts/sites/ala.org.alcts/files/content/resources/papers/ir_ch05_.pdf Implementing Open Access Policies Using Institutional Repositories], chapter 5 of Pamela Bluh and Cindy Hepfer (eds.), &#039;&#039;The Institutional Repository: Benefits and Challenges&#039;&#039;, American Library Association, Association for Library Collections and Technical Services (ALCTS), January 2013. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* EOS (Enabling Open Scholarship), [http://www.openscholarship.org/jcms/c_6217/formulating-an-institutional-open-access-policy Formulating an institutional Open Access policy].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Stevan Harnad, [http://openaccess.eprints.org/index.php?/archives/864-.html Integrating Institutional and Funder Open Access Mandates: Belgian Model], Open Access Archivangelism, December 23, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Stevan Harnad, [http://eprints.soton.ac.uk/267298/ Waking OA&#039;s &amp;quot;Slumbering Giant&amp;quot;: The University&#039;s Mandate To Mandate Open Access],  New Review of Information Networking 14, 1 (2008) pp. 51-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harvard Office for Scholarly Communication, [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/modelpolicy Harvard Model Open Access Policy]. Annotated. Last updated, October 10, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- also see&lt;br /&gt;
** Harvard&#039;s guidelines and FAQs&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/authors/policy_guide Guidelines for authors]&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/publishers Guidelines for publishers]&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/dash/termsofuse DASH terms of use]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* MedOANet (Mediterranean Open Access Network), [http://medoanet.eu/sites/www.medoanet.eu/files/documents/MED2013_GUIDELine_dp_EN_ws.pdf MedOANet Guidelines for implementing open access policies: For research performing and research funding organizations], November 2013. Now [http://www.medoanet.eu/news/medoanet-guidelines-implementing-open-access-policies-available-7-languages available in seven languages].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* OASIS (Open Access Scholarly Information Sourcebook), [http://www.openoasis.org/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=article&amp;amp;id=145&amp;amp;Itemid=298 Developing an Institutional Open Access Policy], April 7, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* RCAAP (Repositório Científico de Acesso Aberto de Portugal), [http://projecto.rcaap.pt/index.php/lang-pt/consultar-recursos-de-apoio/remository?func=fileinfo&amp;amp;id=336 Open Access Policies Kit], March 31, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Arthur Sale, Marc Couture, Eloy Rodrigues, Leslie Carr, and Stevan Harnad, [http://eprints.soton.ac.uk/268511/ Open Access Mandates and the &amp;quot;Fair Dealing&amp;quot; Button], in: Rosemary J. Coombe and Darren Wershler, eds., &#039;&#039;Dynamic Fair Dealing: Creating Canadian Culture Online&#039;&#039;, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Stuart Shieber, [http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/pamphlet/category/scholarly-communication/ The Occasional Pamphlet]. Blog entries on scholarly communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* SPARC (Scholarly Publishing and Academic Resources Coalition), [http://www.arl.org/sparc/bm~doc/sparc_boycott_next_steps.pdf A SPARC Guide for Campus Action], April 25, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* SPARC, [http://www.arl.org/sparc/advocacy/campus/ Campus Open Access Policies project], launched August 5, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Peter Suber, [http://nrs.harvard.edu/urn-3:HUL.InstRepos:4322589 OA policy options for funding agencies and universities], SPARC Open Access Newsletter, February 2, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Peter Suber, [http://nrs.harvard.edu/urn-3:HUL.InstRepos:4317659 Three principles for university open access policies], SPARC Open Access Newsletter, April 2, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alma Swan, [http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0021/002158/215863e.pdf Policy Guidelines for the Development and Promotion of Open Access], UNESCO, March 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== University OA policies in general ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* COAPI (Coalition of Open Access Policy Institutions), [http://www.arl.org/sparc/about/COAPI/the-coalition-of-open-access-policy-institutions-c.shtml Institution Contacts and their Open Access Policies].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://roarmap.eprints.org/ ROARMAP] (Registry of Open Access Repositories Mandatory Archiving Policies). The most comprehensive list of university OA mandates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://oad.simmons.edu/oadwiki/Unanimous_faculty_votes Unanimous faculty votes for university OA policies]. A list maintained by the [http://oad.simmons.edu Open Access Directory].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Relevant tag libraries from the [http://oad.simmons.edu/oadwiki/OA_tracking_project Open Access Tracking Project]. These are archives of alerts to news and comment on certain OA subtopics. The library for each tag is updated in real time and includes links to live RSS and Atom feeds:&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/oatp/tag/oa.best_practices Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.best_practices&amp;quot;] (including best practices on all OA-related topics, not just university OA policies)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/oatp/tag/oa.case.policies.universities items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.case.policies.universities&amp;quot;] (case studies of university OA policies)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/oatp/tag/oa.case.repositories Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.case.repositories&amp;quot;] (case studies of OA repositories)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/oatp/tag/oa.deposits Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.deposits&amp;quot;] (on depositing work in institutional repositories)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/oatp/tag/oa.ir Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.ir&amp;quot;] (for &amp;quot;institutional repositories&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/oatp/tag/oa.mandates Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.mandates&amp;quot;] (including funder mandates, not just university mandates)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/oatp/tag/oa.policies Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.policies&amp;quot;] (including funder policies, not just university policies)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Return to the [[Good_practices_for_university_open-access_policies|table of contents]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shieber</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Implementing_a_policy&amp;diff=2303</id>
		<title>Implementing a policy</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Implementing_a_policy&amp;diff=2303"/>
		<updated>2012-11-26T15:46:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shieber: Clarified the notion of &amp;quot;unnecessary&amp;quot; for addenda.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* This is a section within [[Good practices for university open-access policies]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Launching a repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution must have an institutional repository, or participate in a consortial repository. Most schools launch a repository before adopting a policy to fill it, but some do it the other way around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Individualized writing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Institutions implementing the kind of policy recommended here will want the policy to prevail over a later publishing contract inconsistent with the policy. Merely passing the policy may attain that goal. However, to be more certain, practically and legally, that the policy license survives any later transfer, US institutions should get authors to sign a &amp;quot;written instrument&amp;quot; affirming the policy. &lt;br /&gt;
** Here&#039;s why: Under US copyright law ([http://codes.lp.findlaw.com/uscode/17/2/205 17 USC 205.e]) a &amp;quot;nonexclusive license...prevails over a conflicting transfer of copyright ownership if the license is evidenced by a written instrument signed by the owner of the rights licensed or such owner&#039;s duly authorized agent.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
** This provision doesn&#039;t say that in the absence of a written instrument, the nonexclusive license will &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; prevail over a later contract inconsistent with the policy. A university might take the position that the nonexclusive license in the policy will prevail in any case, and will probably never have to test its position in court. But to be safe, it&#039;s best to get a written affirmation of the grant of rights (or license) as specified by 17 USC 205.e.&lt;br /&gt;
** We don&#039;t know how to accomplish this goal outside the US, and welcome advice from people who do know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harvard uses several methods to get the written affirmation of the policy. When faculty deposit their own articles, a dialog box in the deposit process asks them to affirm the grant of rights (the license) in the policy. When someone else (an administrative assistant or the OSC) deposits articles on their behalf, the faculty member must first have signed a one-time &#039;&#039;assistance authorization form&#039;&#039; containing an affirmation of the grant of rights. Thus, whatever route an article takes into the repository, the institution obtains a written affirmation of the license.&lt;br /&gt;
** Here&#039;s Harvard&#039;s language for affirming the license is: &amp;quot;[I]f I am a member of a Harvard Faculty or School that has adopted an open access policy found at http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/, this confirms my grant to Harvard of a non-exclusive license with respect to my scholarly articles as set forth in that policy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Facilitating waivers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution should create a web form through which faculty can obtain waivers. This not only streamlines bookkeeping, but proves to faculty that the process is easy and automatic. Harvard can share code for such a web form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some publishers may require faculty to obtain a waiver as a condition of publication. Institutions need not try to prevent this. Accommodating these publisher policies proves that publishers have the means to protect themselves, if they choose to use them, and that fact makes it unnecessary for faculty to protect or &amp;quot;paternalize&amp;quot; their favorite publishers (e.g. society publishers) by refusing to vote for a policy. On the other hand, the institution may want to talk with publishers who take this position, to see whether they can work out an accommodation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Author addenda ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An [http://oad.simmons.edu/oadwiki/Author_addenda author addendum] is one way for authors to retain rights that a standard publishing contract would otherwise give to the publisher. For policies of the kind we recommend, author addenda are unnecessary for rights retention, for the same reason that individual author-publisher negotiations are unnecessary. The institution has the rights needed for OA directly from the policy; faculty need not obtain those rights from publishers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* However, author addenda may be desirable anyway. An addendum can alert the publisher that the author&#039;s institution already possesses certain non-exclusive rights. This can prevent misunderstandings on each side. It can also prevent authors from signing publisher contracts which (without the addendum) are inconsistent with the university&#039;s OA policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* See the section on [[#Individualized writing|individualized writing]] above for the reasons why a well-implemented institutional OA policy would take priority over a later publishing contract inconsistent with the policy. Because the policy takes priority, authors who sign publishing contracts inconsistent with the policy may be unable to live up to those contracts and may expose themselves to liability for breach of contract. This risk is entirely eliminated by an addendum modifying the contract to conform to the terms of the institutional policy.&lt;br /&gt;
** Note, however, that there may be no risk to eliminate. Under some legal theories, a widely-known prior license would protect the author from a claim of breach of contract, even in the absence of an addendum. This is one more reason to publicize the university&#039;s OA policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Also see the entry below on [[#Working with publishers|working with publishers]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Multiple deposits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a faculty member deposits a paper in a non-institutional repository (e.g. arXiv, PubMed Central, SSRN), the institutional repository should harvest a copy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To avoid diluting the traffic numbers at the several repositories, all should comply with the (evolving) [http://www.jisc.ac.uk/whatwedo/programmes/pals3/pirus.aspx PIRUS] standards for sharing traffic data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a faculty member is subject to two OA policies (e.g. one from the university and one from the funder), the university should offer to make the deposit required by the funder. &lt;br /&gt;
** For example, most faculty at Harvard Medical School are subject to the NIH policy. If they deposit in the HMS repository, then HMS will insure that a copy is deposited in PubMed Central. If faculty think that an institutional policy will double their administrative burden, they will vote against it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dark deposits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Faculty should always deposit [[Drafting_a_policy#Deposited_version|suitable versions]] of new scholarly articles in the institutional repository. If they obtain a waiver for a given article, then the deposit will at least initially be &amp;quot;dark&amp;quot; (or non-OA). But the author should still deposit the manuscript. &lt;br /&gt;
** One reason for repositories to allow dark deposits is to support the message that faculty should always deposit their new work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a deposit is dark, at least the metadata should be OA. &lt;br /&gt;
** Another reason to allow dark deposits is to facilitate search indexing and discovery for work which, for one reason or another, cannot yet be made OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a deposit is only intended to be dark temporarily, for a known embargo period, then dark deposits should be set to open up automatically at the future date determined by the author decision or embargo period. Most repository software today supports this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If an author deposited a manuscript and obtained a waiver, then the institution does not have permission under the policy to make that manuscript OA. At least initially, that deposits must be dark. However, the repository may switch the manuscript to OA if it can obtain permission from another source, such as a standing policy of the publisher&#039;s to allow OA after a certain embargo period. See the entry on [[Drafting a policy#Waiver option|waiver options]]. Repositories should make dark deposits OA whenever they are legally allowed to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For seven reasons why repositories should allow dark deposits, see Stuart Shieber, [http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/pamphlet/2011/03/12/the-importance-of-dark-deposit/ The importance of dark deposit], &#039;&#039;The Occasional Pamphlet&#039;&#039;, March 12, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deposited versions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some authors will deposit the published version of an article instead of the [[Drafting_a_policy#Deposited_version|final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript]]. &lt;br /&gt;
** Some will mistakenly believe it is the version the policy asks them to deposit. Some will simply prefer it and demand to make it the OA version.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unless the [http://www.sherpa.ac.uk/romeo/PDFandIR.php?la=en publisher consents to the open distribution of the published version], then ask the author for the final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript. If the author can&#039;t find the right version or insists on depositing the published edition, make it a dark deposit and open it up if and when the repository can obtain permission to make it OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internal use of deposited versions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* When the institution reviews faculty publications for promotion, tenure, or internal funding, it should limit its review of research articles to those on deposit in the institutional repository.&lt;br /&gt;
** See Recommendation 1.6 from the [http://www.opensocietyfoundations.org/openaccess/boai-10-recommendations BOAI-10 statement] (September 2012): &amp;quot;Universities with institutional repositories should require deposit in the repository for all research articles to be considered for promotion, tenure, or other forms of internal assessment and review....[This policy should not] be construed to limit the review of other sorts of evidence, or to alter the standards of review.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
** Also see the [http://oaseminar.fecyt.es/Publico/AlhambraDeclaration/index.aspx Alhambra Declaration on Open Access] (May 2010): Universities should &amp;quot;consider[] repository-deposited material for evaluation processes and research assessment.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Versions of this policy have been adopted at the University of Liege, Edinburgh Napier University, the University of Oregon Department of Romance Languages, the Catholic University of Louvain, China&#039;s National Science Library, the Chinese Academy of Sciences, India&#039;s International Center for Tropical Agriculture, and Canada&#039;s Institute for Research in Construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Institutions not ready to change their process for promotion and tenure could [http://www.earlham.edu/~peters/fos/2005/04/choosing-oa-and-getting-tenure-too.html change the form] by which faculty apply for promotion and tenure. The new form could simply request the URLs of OA editions of the faculty member&#039;s research articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Associating articles with their definitive versions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The author manuscript deposited in the repository is typically [[Drafting_a_policy#Deposited_version|not identical]] to the definitive published version, and its provenance should be made clear. This can and should be done in at least two ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* First, each deposited article should be associated with the full citation for the published article. This may be done in a free text citation metadata field using any suitable citation style, or the equivalent information may be made available through a set of metadata fields providing journal name, volume, number, pages, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Second, it is a good idea to provide links from the repository to the online definitive version of the deposited article where available. For example, Harvard provides links to definitive versions...&lt;br /&gt;
*# on search results pages associated with each search result,&lt;br /&gt;
*# on item metadata pages, and&lt;br /&gt;
*# on a cover page added to the front of the deposited PDF of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Repository indexing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The repository should be configured to support crawling by search engines. &lt;br /&gt;
** See for example the [http://www.jiscinfonet.ac.uk/infokits/repositories/technical-framework/search JISC InfoNet recommendations] and [http://support.google.com/webmasters/bin/answer.py?hl=en&amp;amp;answer=35769 Google Webmaster Guidelines].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Repository managers should check to see whether the contents are discoverable through major search engines, and follow-up any indexing failures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Repository withdrawals ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a publisher sends a reasonable take-down request to the repository, the repository should always comply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the author wishes to withdraw an article already on deposit (e.g. because it is mistaken, embarrassing, superseded by a newer version, etc.), then the repository should withdraw the article. The author can always obtain a waiver, and then the university would no longer have the rights to distribute it. That&#039;s a reason why repositories should always follow author wishes on distribution. In any case, experience suggests that authors rarely ask to withdraw their own articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Content beyond the policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution should welcome the deposit of types of scholarly content, above and beyond the type covered by the policy. For example, if the policy focuses on peer-reviewed manuscripts of journal articles, the repository should welcome deposit of other categories of scholarship as well, such as electronic theses and dissertations, books or book chapters, datasets, and digitized work from other media for which it has permission to provide OA. If the policy covers peer-reviewed manuscripts published after a certain date, it should welcome the deposit of peer-reviewed manuscripts completed or published before that date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Even if the policy only gives the institution permission to make faculty work OA, the repository can and should welcome deposits from scholars at the institution who are not faculty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Even if the policy only gives the institution permission to make certain kinds of content OA, the repository can and should welcome dark deposits where it doesn&#039;t have permission for OA, and in those cases it should provide OA to the metadata.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Treaties with publishers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some publishers may concur with the policy so long as certain aspects are clarified concerning how the policy will be implemented. Providing such clarifications may be entirely reasonable, given that the policy language itself can&#039;t possibly cover all aspects of its implementation. For example, publishers may want to be sure that for manuscripts published in their journals the repository entry will [[Implementing_a_policy#Associating articles with their definitive versions|include a complete citation and link to the published edition]], or that the university will [[Implementing_a_policy#Deposited_versions|not distribute the publisher&#039;s version of the article]], or that the license will not be used to sell articles. If the institution is comfortable with these clarifications (indeed, the clarifications in the treaty may well be aspects of implementation to which the university is already committed), it may make these explicit in return for an explicit statement of the publisher&#039;s cooperation with the policy, for instance, by not requiring waivers or addenda to publication agreements. These agreements may contain any provisions consistent with the policy and agreeable to both sides. (At Harvard they are called &amp;quot;treaties&amp;quot;.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We strongly recommend against treaties requiring universities to respect a given embargo period for all articles from a given journal or publisher. Such a treaty would essentially give the journal or publisher a blanket opt-out of a significant provision of the university OA policy, and violate the express interest of the faculty in adopting a policy to shift the default to immediate OA. &lt;br /&gt;
** However, when authors rather than publishers seek an embargo, and seek it case by case rather than for all articles from a certain journal or publisher, the policy can accommodate them. See the entry on [[Drafting a policy#Embargo option|embargo options]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Here&#039;s [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/sites/default/files/model-pub-agreement-090430.pdf an example of treaty language] used at Harvard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Learning the denominator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An institution can easily tell how many articles are on deposit in its repository. But it cannot easily tell how many articles ought to be on deposit. If it wants to calculate the deposit rate (the number deposited divided by the number that ought to be deposited), then it must find a way to ascertain the denominator. This is a critical piece of information in measuring the effectiveness of the policy and its implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some institutions ask faculty to submit an annual list of their publications. If so, the information should be shared with the repository managers. The raw list of publications is less helpful than one broken down by categories, such as books, journal articles, and so on. If the policy only covers journal articles (for example), then the relevant denominator is the number of journal articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working with publishers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* See the entry on [[#Author addenda|author addenda]]. A well-written author addendum can explain to publishers what rights the author has already assigned to the institution. Hence it can prevent authors from signing publishing contracts they cannot fulfill and prevent misunderstandings on all sides. However there are other ways to achieve some of the same goals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Publishers who normally require the transfer of exclusive rights, but who do not demand waivers from authors at your institution, can modify their publishing contracts to facilitate cooperation with the institution. For example, it would help both sides if publishers included a sentence like [http://scholars.sciencecommons.org/ this one from the Science Commons addendum]:  &amp;quot;Where applicable, Publisher acknowledges that Author&#039;s assignment of copyright or Author&#039;s grant of exclusive rights in the Publication Agreement is subject to Author&#039;s prior grant of a non-exclusive copyright license to Author&#039;s employing institution and/or to a funding entity that financially supported the research reflected in the Article as part of an agreement between Author or Author&#039;s employing institution and such funding entity, such as an agency of the United States government.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
** Such a clause would make addenda unnecessary for authors and publishers, and cost the publisher nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tracking Usage Stories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* MIT pioneered a technique for tracking stories about how articles they provide from their repository are being used. Harvard and perhaps others have copied the technique as well. The technique is to inject an extra page at the front of the PDF of a distributed article (which the repository may already be doing to provide citation and licensing information), which provides a statement requesting information about how the article was used with a link to a web form to provide the statement. The MIT language is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The MIT Faculty has made this article openly available. [http://libraries.mit.edu/forms/dspace-oa-articles.html Please share] how this access benefits you. Your story matters.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The stories can then be compiled and shared, [http://web.mit.edu/newsoffice/2012/the-worldwide-impact-of-open-access-to-mit-faculty-research.html as MIT has done].&lt;br /&gt;
* In the web form, you may want to request information about the article&#039;s user as well as the identity of the article itself (or this latter can be automatically provided in the link, as in the Harvard implementation). However, all of this information should be supplied only optionally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Return to the [[Good_practices_for_university_open-access_policies|table of contents]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shieber</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Implementing_a_policy&amp;diff=2182</id>
		<title>Implementing a policy</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Implementing_a_policy&amp;diff=2182"/>
		<updated>2012-10-23T15:57:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shieber: /* Tracking Usage Stories */ Added info in optional fields&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* This is a section within [[Good practices for university open-access policies]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Launching a repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution must have an institutional repository, or participate in a consortial repository. Most schools launch a repository before adopting a policy to fill it, but some do it the other way around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Individualized writing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Institutions implementing the kind of policy recommended here will want the policy to prevail over a later publishing contract inconsistent with the policy. Merely passing the policy may attain that goal. However, to be more certain, practically and legally, that the policy license survives any later transfer, US institutions should get authors to sign a &amp;quot;written instrument&amp;quot; affirming the policy. &lt;br /&gt;
** Here&#039;s why: Under US copyright law ([http://codes.lp.findlaw.com/uscode/17/2/205 17 USC 205.e]) a &amp;quot;nonexclusive license...prevails over a conflicting transfer of copyright ownership if the license is evidenced by a written instrument signed by the owner of the rights licensed or such owner&#039;s duly authorized agent.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
** This provision doesn&#039;t say that in the absence of a written instrument, the nonexclusive license will &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; prevail over a later contract inconsistent with the policy. A university might take the position that the nonexclusive license in the policy will prevail in any case, and will probably never have to test its position in court. But to be safe, it&#039;s best to get a written affirmation of the grant of rights (or license) as specified by 17 USC 205.e.&lt;br /&gt;
** We don&#039;t know how to accomplish this goal outside the US, and welcome advice from people who do know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harvard uses several methods to get the written affirmation of the policy. When faculty deposit their own articles, a dialog box in the deposit process asks them to affirm the grant of rights (the license) in the policy. When someone else (an administrative assistant or the OSC) deposits articles on their behalf, the faculty member must first have signed a one-time &#039;&#039;assistance authorization form&#039;&#039; containing an affirmation of the grant of rights. Thus, whatever route an article takes into the repository, the institution obtains a written affirmation of the license.&lt;br /&gt;
** Here&#039;s Harvard&#039;s language for affirming the license is: &amp;quot;[I]f I am a member of a Harvard Faculty or School that has adopted an open access policy found at http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/, this confirms my grant to Harvard of a non-exclusive license with respect to my scholarly articles as set forth in that policy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Facilitating waivers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution should create a web form through which faculty can obtain waivers. This not only streamlines bookkeeping, but proves to faculty that the process is easy and automatic. Harvard can share code for such a web form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some publishers may require faculty to obtain a waiver as a condition of publication. Institutions need not try to prevent this. Accommodating these publisher policies proves that publishers have the means to protect themselves, if they choose to use them, and that fact makes it unnecessary for faculty to protect or &amp;quot;paternalize&amp;quot; their favorite publishers (e.g. society publishers) by refusing to vote for a policy. On the other hand, the institution may want to talk with publishers who take this position, to see whether they can work out an accommodation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Author addenda ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An [http://oad.simmons.edu/oadwiki/Author_addenda author addendum] is one way for authors to retain rights that a standard publishing contract would otherwise give to the publisher. For policies of the kind we recommend, author addenda are unnecessary for the same reason that individual author-publisher negotiations are unnecessary. The institution has the rights needed for OA directly from the policy; faculty need not obtain those rights from publishers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* However, author addenda may be desirable anyway. An addendum can alert the publisher that the author&#039;s institution already possesses certain non-exclusive rights. This can prevent misunderstandings on each side. It can also prevent authors from signing publisher contracts which (without the addendum) are inconsistent with the university&#039;s OA policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* See the section on [[#Individualized writing|individualized writing]] above for the reasons why a well-implemented institutional OA policy would take priority over a later publishing contract inconsistent with the policy. Because the policy takes priority, authors who sign publishing contracts inconsistent with the policy may be unable to live up to those contracts and may expose themselves to liability for breach of contract. This risk is entirely eliminated by an addendum modifying the contract to conform to the terms of the institutional policy.&lt;br /&gt;
** Note, however, that there may be no risk to eliminate. Under some legal theories, a widely-known prior license would protect the author from a claim of breach of contract, even in the absence of an addendum. This is one more reason to publicize the university&#039;s OA policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Also see the entry below on [[#Working with publishers|working with publishers]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Multiple deposits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a faculty member deposits a paper in a non-institutional repository (e.g. arXiv, PubMed Central, SSRN), the institutional repository should harvest a copy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To avoid diluting the traffic numbers at the several repositories, all should comply with the (evolving) [http://www.jisc.ac.uk/whatwedo/programmes/pals3/pirus.aspx PIRUS] standards for sharing traffic data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a faculty member is subject to two OA policies (e.g. one from the university and one from the funder), the university should offer to make the deposit required by the funder. &lt;br /&gt;
** For example, most faculty at Harvard Medical School are subject to the NIH policy. If they deposit in the HMS repository, then HMS will insure that a copy is deposited in PubMed Central. If faculty think that an institutional policy will double their administrative burden, they will vote against it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dark deposits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Faculty should always deposit [[Drafting_a_policy#Deposited_version|suitable versions]] of new scholarly articles in the institutional repository. If they obtain a waiver for a given article, then the deposit will at least initially be &amp;quot;dark&amp;quot; (or non-OA). But the author should still deposit the manuscript. &lt;br /&gt;
** One reason for repositories to allow dark deposits is to support the message that faculty should always deposit their new work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a deposit is dark, at least the metadata should be OA. &lt;br /&gt;
** Another reason to allow dark deposits is to facilitate search indexing and discovery for work which, for one reason or another, cannot yet be made OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a deposit is only intended to be dark temporarily, for a known embargo period, then dark deposits should be set to open up automatically at the future date determined by the author decision or embargo period. Most repository software today supports this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If an author deposited a manuscript and obtained a waiver, then the institution does not have permission under the policy to make that manuscript OA. At least initially, that deposits must be dark. However, the repository may switch the manuscript to OA if it can obtain permission from another source, such as a standing policy of the publisher&#039;s to allow OA after a certain embargo period. See the entry on [[Drafting a policy#Waiver option|waiver options]]. Repositories should make dark deposits OA whenever they are legally allowed to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For seven reasons why repositories should allow dark deposits, see Stuart Shieber, [http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/pamphlet/2011/03/12/the-importance-of-dark-deposit/ The importance of dark deposit], &#039;&#039;The Occasional Pamphlet&#039;&#039;, March 12, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deposited versions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some authors will deposit the published version of an article instead of the [[Drafting_a_policy#Deposited_version|final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript]]. &lt;br /&gt;
** Some will mistakenly believe it is the version the policy asks them to deposit. Some will simply prefer it and demand to make it the OA version.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unless the [http://www.sherpa.ac.uk/romeo/PDFandIR.php?la=en publisher consents to the open distribution of the published version], then ask the author for the final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript. If the author can&#039;t find the right version or insists on depositing the published edition, make it a dark deposit and open it up if and when the repository can obtain permission to make it OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internal use of deposited versions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* When the institution reviews faculty publications for promotion, tenure, or internal funding, it should limit its review of research articles to those on deposit in the institutional repository.&lt;br /&gt;
** See Recommendation 1.6 from the [http://www.opensocietyfoundations.org/openaccess/boai-10-recommendations BOAI-10 statement] (September 2012): &amp;quot;Universities with institutional repositories should require deposit in the repository for all research articles to be considered for promotion, tenure, or other forms of internal assessment and review....[This policy should not] be construed to limit the review of other sorts of evidence, or to alter the standards of review.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
** Also see the [http://oaseminar.fecyt.es/Publico/AlhambraDeclaration/index.aspx Alhambra Declaration on Open Access] (May 2010): Universities should &amp;quot;consider[] repository-deposited material for evaluation processes and research assessment.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Versions of this policy have been adopted at the University of Liege, Edinburgh Napier University, the University of Oregon Department of Romance Languages, the Catholic University of Louvain, China&#039;s National Science Library, the Chinese Academy of Sciences, India&#039;s International Center for Tropical Agriculture, and Canada&#039;s Institute for Research in Construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Institutions not ready to change their process for promotion and tenure could [http://www.earlham.edu/~peters/fos/2005/04/choosing-oa-and-getting-tenure-too.html change the form] by which faculty apply for promotion and tenure. The new form could simply request the URLs of OA editions of the faculty member&#039;s research articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Associating articles with their definitive versions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The author manuscript deposited in the repository is [[Drafting_a_policy#Deposited_version|not typically identical]] to the definitive published version, and its provenance should be made clear. This can and should be done in at least two ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* First, each deposited article should be associated with the full citation for the published article. This may be done in a free text citation metadata field using any suitable citation style, or the equivalent information may be made available through a set of metadata fields providing journal name, volume, number, pages, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Second, it is a good idea to provide links from the repository to the online definitive version of the deposited article where available. At Harvard links to the definitive version are provided:&lt;br /&gt;
*# On search results pages associated with each search result.&lt;br /&gt;
*# On item metadata pages.&lt;br /&gt;
*# On a cover page added to the front of the deposited PDF of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Repository indexing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The repository should be configured to support crawling by search engines. &lt;br /&gt;
** See for example the [http://www.jiscinfonet.ac.uk/infokits/repositories/technical-framework/search JISC InfoNet recommendations] and [http://support.google.com/webmasters/bin/answer.py?hl=en&amp;amp;answer=35769 Google Webmaster Guidelines].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Repository managers should check to see whether the contents are discoverable through major search engines, and follow-up any indexing failures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Repository withdrawals ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a publisher sends a reasonable take-down request to the repository, the repository should always comply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the author wishes to withdraw an article already on deposit (e.g. because it is mistaken, embarrassing, superseded by a newer version, etc.), then the repository should withdraw the article. The author can always obtain a waiver, and then the university would no longer have the rights to distribute it. That&#039;s a reason why repositories should always follow author wishes on distribution. In any case, experience suggests that authors rarely ask to withdraw their own articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Content beyond the policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution should welcome the deposit of types of scholarly content, above and beyond the type covered by the policy. For example, if the policy focuses on peer-reviewed manuscripts of journal articles, the repository should welcome deposit of other categories of scholarship as well, such as electronic theses and dissertations, books or book chapters, datasets, and digitized work from other media for which it has permission to provide OA. If the policy covers peer-reviewed manuscripts published after a certain date, it should welcome the deposit of peer-reviewed manuscripts completed or published before that date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Even if the policy only gives the institution permission to make faculty work OA, the repository can and should welcome deposits from scholars at the institution who are not faculty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Even if the policy only gives the institution permission to make certain kinds of content OA, the repository can and should welcome dark deposits where it doesn&#039;t have permission for OA, and in those cases it should provide OA to the metadata.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Treaties with publishers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some publishers may concur with the policy so long as certain aspects are clarified concerning how the policy will be implemented. Providing such clarifications may be entirely reasonable, given that the policy language itself can&#039;t possibly cover all aspects of its implementation. For example, publishers may want to be sure that for manuscripts published in their journals the repository entry will [[Implementing_a_policy#Associating articles with their definitive versions|include a complete citation and link to the published edition]], or that the university will [[Implementing_a_policy#Deposited_versions|not distribute the publisher&#039;s version of the article]], or that the license will not be used to sell articles. If the institution is comfortable with these clarifications (indeed, the clarifications in the treaty may well be aspects of implementation to which the university is already committed), it may make these explicit in return for an explicit statement of the publisher&#039;s cooperation with the policy, for instance, by not requiring waivers or addenda to publication agreements. These agreements may contain any provisions consistent with the policy and agreeable to both sides. (At Harvard they are called &amp;quot;treaties&amp;quot;.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We strongly recommend against treaties requiring universities to respect a given embargo period for all articles from a given journal or publisher. Such a treaty would essentially give the journal or publisher a blanket opt-out of a significant provision of the university OA policy, and violate the express interest of the faculty in adopting a policy to shift the default to immediate OA. &lt;br /&gt;
** However, when authors rather than publishers seek an embargo, and seek it case by case rather than for all articles from a certain journal or publisher, the policy can accommodate them. See the entry on [[Drafting a policy#Embargo option|embargo options]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Here&#039;s [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/sites/default/files/model-pub-agreement-090430.pdf an example of treaty language] used at Harvard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Learning the denominator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An institution can easily tell how many articles are on deposit in its repository. But it cannot easily tell how many articles ought to be on deposit. If it wants to calculate the deposit rate (the number deposited divided by the number that ought to be deposited), then it must find a way to ascertain the denominator. This is a critical piece of information in measuring the effectiveness of the policy and its implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some institutions ask faculty to submit an annual list of their publications. If so, the information should be shared with the repository managers. The raw list of publications is less helpful than one broken down by categories, such as books, journal articles, and so on. If the policy only covers journal articles (for example), then the relevant denominator is the number of journal articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working with publishers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* See the entry on [[#Author addenda|author addenda]]. A well-written author addendum can explain to publishers what rights the author has already assigned to the institution. Hence it can prevent authors from signing publishing contracts they cannot fulfill and prevent misunderstandings on all sides. However there are other ways to achieve some of the same goals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Publishers who normally require the transfer of exclusive rights, but who do not demand waivers from authors at your institution, can modify their publishing contracts to facilitate cooperation with the institution. For example, it would help both sides if publishers included a sentence like [http://scholars.sciencecommons.org/ this one from the Science Commons addendum]:  &amp;quot;Where applicable, Publisher acknowledges that Author&#039;s assignment of copyright or Author&#039;s grant of exclusive rights in the Publication Agreement is subject to Author&#039;s prior grant of a non-exclusive copyright license to Author&#039;s employing institution and/or to a funding entity that financially supported the research reflected in the Article as part of an agreement between Author or Author&#039;s employing institution and such funding entity, such as an agency of the United States government.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
** Such a clause would make addenda unnecessary for authors and publishers, and cost the publisher nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tracking Usage Stories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* MIT pioneered a technique for tracking stories about how articles they provide from their repository are being used. Harvard and perhaps others have copied the technique as well. The technique is to inject an extra page at the front of the PDF of a distributed article (which the repository may already be doing to provide citation and licensing information), which provides a statement requesting information about how the article was used with a link to a web form to provide the statement. The MIT language is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The MIT Faculty has made this article openly available. [http://libraries.mit.edu/forms/dspace-oa-articles.html Please share] how this access benefits you. Your story matters.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The stories can then be compiled and shared, [http://web.mit.edu/newsoffice/2012/the-worldwide-impact-of-open-access-to-mit-faculty-research.html as MIT has done].&lt;br /&gt;
* In the web form, you may want to request information about the article&#039;s user as well as the identity of the article itself (or this latter can be automatically provided in the link, as in the Harvard implementation). However, all of this information should be supplied only optionally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Return to the [[Good_practices_for_university_open-access_policies|table of contents]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shieber</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Implementing_a_policy&amp;diff=2181</id>
		<title>Implementing a policy</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Implementing_a_policy&amp;diff=2181"/>
		<updated>2012-10-23T15:54:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shieber: /* Working with publishers */ Added section on Tracking Usage Stories based on MIT technique&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* This is a section within [[Good practices for university open-access policies]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Launching a repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution must have an institutional repository, or participate in a consortial repository. Most schools launch a repository before adopting a policy to fill it, but some do it the other way around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Individualized writing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Institutions implementing the kind of policy recommended here will want the policy to prevail over a later publishing contract inconsistent with the policy. Merely passing the policy may attain that goal. However, to be more certain, practically and legally, that the policy license survives any later transfer, US institutions should get authors to sign a &amp;quot;written instrument&amp;quot; affirming the policy. &lt;br /&gt;
** Here&#039;s why: Under US copyright law ([http://codes.lp.findlaw.com/uscode/17/2/205 17 USC 205.e]) a &amp;quot;nonexclusive license...prevails over a conflicting transfer of copyright ownership if the license is evidenced by a written instrument signed by the owner of the rights licensed or such owner&#039;s duly authorized agent.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
** This provision doesn&#039;t say that in the absence of a written instrument, the nonexclusive license will &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; prevail over a later contract inconsistent with the policy. A university might take the position that the nonexclusive license in the policy will prevail in any case, and will probably never have to test its position in court. But to be safe, it&#039;s best to get a written affirmation of the grant of rights (or license) as specified by 17 USC 205.e.&lt;br /&gt;
** We don&#039;t know how to accomplish this goal outside the US, and welcome advice from people who do know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harvard uses several methods to get the written affirmation of the policy. When faculty deposit their own articles, a dialog box in the deposit process asks them to affirm the grant of rights (the license) in the policy. When someone else (an administrative assistant or the OSC) deposits articles on their behalf, the faculty member must first have signed a one-time &#039;&#039;assistance authorization form&#039;&#039; containing an affirmation of the grant of rights. Thus, whatever route an article takes into the repository, the institution obtains a written affirmation of the license.&lt;br /&gt;
** Here&#039;s Harvard&#039;s language for affirming the license is: &amp;quot;[I]f I am a member of a Harvard Faculty or School that has adopted an open access policy found at http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/, this confirms my grant to Harvard of a non-exclusive license with respect to my scholarly articles as set forth in that policy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Facilitating waivers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution should create a web form through which faculty can obtain waivers. This not only streamlines bookkeeping, but proves to faculty that the process is easy and automatic. Harvard can share code for such a web form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some publishers may require faculty to obtain a waiver as a condition of publication. Institutions need not try to prevent this. Accommodating these publisher policies proves that publishers have the means to protect themselves, if they choose to use them, and that fact makes it unnecessary for faculty to protect or &amp;quot;paternalize&amp;quot; their favorite publishers (e.g. society publishers) by refusing to vote for a policy. On the other hand, the institution may want to talk with publishers who take this position, to see whether they can work out an accommodation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Author addenda ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An [http://oad.simmons.edu/oadwiki/Author_addenda author addendum] is one way for authors to retain rights that a standard publishing contract would otherwise give to the publisher. For policies of the kind we recommend, author addenda are unnecessary for the same reason that individual author-publisher negotiations are unnecessary. The institution has the rights needed for OA directly from the policy; faculty need not obtain those rights from publishers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* However, author addenda may be desirable anyway. An addendum can alert the publisher that the author&#039;s institution already possesses certain non-exclusive rights. This can prevent misunderstandings on each side. It can also prevent authors from signing publisher contracts which (without the addendum) are inconsistent with the university&#039;s OA policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* See the section on [[#Individualized writing|individualized writing]] above for the reasons why a well-implemented institutional OA policy would take priority over a later publishing contract inconsistent with the policy. Because the policy takes priority, authors who sign publishing contracts inconsistent with the policy may be unable to live up to those contracts and may expose themselves to liability for breach of contract. This risk is entirely eliminated by an addendum modifying the contract to conform to the terms of the institutional policy.&lt;br /&gt;
** Note, however, that there may be no risk to eliminate. Under some legal theories, a widely-known prior license would protect the author from a claim of breach of contract, even in the absence of an addendum. This is one more reason to publicize the university&#039;s OA policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Also see the entry below on [[#Working with publishers|working with publishers]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Multiple deposits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a faculty member deposits a paper in a non-institutional repository (e.g. arXiv, PubMed Central, SSRN), the institutional repository should harvest a copy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To avoid diluting the traffic numbers at the several repositories, all should comply with the (evolving) [http://www.jisc.ac.uk/whatwedo/programmes/pals3/pirus.aspx PIRUS] standards for sharing traffic data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a faculty member is subject to two OA policies (e.g. one from the university and one from the funder), the university should offer to make the deposit required by the funder. &lt;br /&gt;
** For example, most faculty at Harvard Medical School are subject to the NIH policy. If they deposit in the HMS repository, then HMS will insure that a copy is deposited in PubMed Central. If faculty think that an institutional policy will double their administrative burden, they will vote against it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dark deposits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Faculty should always deposit [[Drafting_a_policy#Deposited_version|suitable versions]] of new scholarly articles in the institutional repository. If they obtain a waiver for a given article, then the deposit will at least initially be &amp;quot;dark&amp;quot; (or non-OA). But the author should still deposit the manuscript. &lt;br /&gt;
** One reason for repositories to allow dark deposits is to support the message that faculty should always deposit their new work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a deposit is dark, at least the metadata should be OA. &lt;br /&gt;
** Another reason to allow dark deposits is to facilitate search indexing and discovery for work which, for one reason or another, cannot yet be made OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a deposit is only intended to be dark temporarily, for a known embargo period, then dark deposits should be set to open up automatically at the future date determined by the author decision or embargo period. Most repository software today supports this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If an author deposited a manuscript and obtained a waiver, then the institution does not have permission under the policy to make that manuscript OA. At least initially, that deposits must be dark. However, the repository may switch the manuscript to OA if it can obtain permission from another source, such as a standing policy of the publisher&#039;s to allow OA after a certain embargo period. See the entry on [[Drafting a policy#Waiver option|waiver options]]. Repositories should make dark deposits OA whenever they are legally allowed to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For seven reasons why repositories should allow dark deposits, see Stuart Shieber, [http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/pamphlet/2011/03/12/the-importance-of-dark-deposit/ The importance of dark deposit], &#039;&#039;The Occasional Pamphlet&#039;&#039;, March 12, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deposited versions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some authors will deposit the published version of an article instead of the [[Drafting_a_policy#Deposited_version|final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript]]. &lt;br /&gt;
** Some will mistakenly believe it is the version the policy asks them to deposit. Some will simply prefer it and demand to make it the OA version.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unless the [http://www.sherpa.ac.uk/romeo/PDFandIR.php?la=en publisher consents to the open distribution of the published version], then ask the author for the final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript. If the author can&#039;t find the right version or insists on depositing the published edition, make it a dark deposit and open it up if and when the repository can obtain permission to make it OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internal use of deposited versions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* When the institution reviews faculty publications for promotion, tenure, or internal funding, it should limit its review of research articles to those on deposit in the institutional repository.&lt;br /&gt;
** See Recommendation 1.6 from the [http://www.opensocietyfoundations.org/openaccess/boai-10-recommendations BOAI-10 statement] (September 2012): &amp;quot;Universities with institutional repositories should require deposit in the repository for all research articles to be considered for promotion, tenure, or other forms of internal assessment and review....[This policy should not] be construed to limit the review of other sorts of evidence, or to alter the standards of review.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
** Also see the [http://oaseminar.fecyt.es/Publico/AlhambraDeclaration/index.aspx Alhambra Declaration on Open Access] (May 2010): Universities should &amp;quot;consider[] repository-deposited material for evaluation processes and research assessment.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Versions of this policy have been adopted at the University of Liege, Edinburgh Napier University, the University of Oregon Department of Romance Languages, the Catholic University of Louvain, China&#039;s National Science Library, the Chinese Academy of Sciences, India&#039;s International Center for Tropical Agriculture, and Canada&#039;s Institute for Research in Construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Institutions not ready to change their process for promotion and tenure could [http://www.earlham.edu/~peters/fos/2005/04/choosing-oa-and-getting-tenure-too.html change the form] by which faculty apply for promotion and tenure. The new form could simply request the URLs of OA editions of the faculty member&#039;s research articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Associating articles with their definitive versions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The author manuscript deposited in the repository is [[Drafting_a_policy#Deposited_version|not typically identical]] to the definitive published version, and its provenance should be made clear. This can and should be done in at least two ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* First, each deposited article should be associated with the full citation for the published article. This may be done in a free text citation metadata field using any suitable citation style, or the equivalent information may be made available through a set of metadata fields providing journal name, volume, number, pages, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Second, it is a good idea to provide links from the repository to the online definitive version of the deposited article where available. At Harvard links to the definitive version are provided:&lt;br /&gt;
*# On search results pages associated with each search result.&lt;br /&gt;
*# On item metadata pages.&lt;br /&gt;
*# On a cover page added to the front of the deposited PDF of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Repository indexing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The repository should be configured to support crawling by search engines. &lt;br /&gt;
** See for example the [http://www.jiscinfonet.ac.uk/infokits/repositories/technical-framework/search JISC InfoNet recommendations] and [http://support.google.com/webmasters/bin/answer.py?hl=en&amp;amp;answer=35769 Google Webmaster Guidelines].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Repository managers should check to see whether the contents are discoverable through major search engines, and follow-up any indexing failures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Repository withdrawals ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a publisher sends a reasonable take-down request to the repository, the repository should always comply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the author wishes to withdraw an article already on deposit (e.g. because it is mistaken, embarrassing, superseded by a newer version, etc.), then the repository should withdraw the article. The author can always obtain a waiver, and then the university would no longer have the rights to distribute it. That&#039;s a reason why repositories should always follow author wishes on distribution. In any case, experience suggests that authors rarely ask to withdraw their own articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Content beyond the policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution should welcome the deposit of types of scholarly content, above and beyond the type covered by the policy. For example, if the policy focuses on peer-reviewed manuscripts of journal articles, the repository should welcome deposit of other categories of scholarship as well, such as electronic theses and dissertations, books or book chapters, datasets, and digitized work from other media for which it has permission to provide OA. If the policy covers peer-reviewed manuscripts published after a certain date, it should welcome the deposit of peer-reviewed manuscripts completed or published before that date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Even if the policy only gives the institution permission to make faculty work OA, the repository can and should welcome deposits from scholars at the institution who are not faculty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Even if the policy only gives the institution permission to make certain kinds of content OA, the repository can and should welcome dark deposits where it doesn&#039;t have permission for OA, and in those cases it should provide OA to the metadata.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Treaties with publishers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some publishers may concur with the policy so long as certain aspects are clarified concerning how the policy will be implemented. Providing such clarifications may be entirely reasonable, given that the policy language itself can&#039;t possibly cover all aspects of its implementation. For example, publishers may want to be sure that for manuscripts published in their journals the repository entry will [[Implementing_a_policy#Associating articles with their definitive versions|include a complete citation and link to the published edition]], or that the university will [[Implementing_a_policy#Deposited_versions|not distribute the publisher&#039;s version of the article]], or that the license will not be used to sell articles. If the institution is comfortable with these clarifications (indeed, the clarifications in the treaty may well be aspects of implementation to which the university is already committed), it may make these explicit in return for an explicit statement of the publisher&#039;s cooperation with the policy, for instance, by not requiring waivers or addenda to publication agreements. These agreements may contain any provisions consistent with the policy and agreeable to both sides. (At Harvard they are called &amp;quot;treaties&amp;quot;.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We strongly recommend against treaties requiring universities to respect a given embargo period for all articles from a given journal or publisher. Such a treaty would essentially give the journal or publisher a blanket opt-out of a significant provision of the university OA policy, and violate the express interest of the faculty in adopting a policy to shift the default to immediate OA. &lt;br /&gt;
** However, when authors rather than publishers seek an embargo, and seek it case by case rather than for all articles from a certain journal or publisher, the policy can accommodate them. See the entry on [[Drafting a policy#Embargo option|embargo options]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Here&#039;s [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/sites/default/files/model-pub-agreement-090430.pdf an example of treaty language] used at Harvard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Learning the denominator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An institution can easily tell how many articles are on deposit in its repository. But it cannot easily tell how many articles ought to be on deposit. If it wants to calculate the deposit rate (the number deposited divided by the number that ought to be deposited), then it must find a way to ascertain the denominator. This is a critical piece of information in measuring the effectiveness of the policy and its implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some institutions ask faculty to submit an annual list of their publications. If so, the information should be shared with the repository managers. The raw list of publications is less helpful than one broken down by categories, such as books, journal articles, and so on. If the policy only covers journal articles (for example), then the relevant denominator is the number of journal articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working with publishers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* See the entry on [[#Author addenda|author addenda]]. A well-written author addendum can explain to publishers what rights the author has already assigned to the institution. Hence it can prevent authors from signing publishing contracts they cannot fulfill and prevent misunderstandings on all sides. However there are other ways to achieve some of the same goals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Publishers who normally require the transfer of exclusive rights, but who do not demand waivers from authors at your institution, can modify their publishing contracts to facilitate cooperation with the institution. For example, it would help both sides if publishers included a sentence like [http://scholars.sciencecommons.org/ this one from the Science Commons addendum]:  &amp;quot;Where applicable, Publisher acknowledges that Author&#039;s assignment of copyright or Author&#039;s grant of exclusive rights in the Publication Agreement is subject to Author&#039;s prior grant of a non-exclusive copyright license to Author&#039;s employing institution and/or to a funding entity that financially supported the research reflected in the Article as part of an agreement between Author or Author&#039;s employing institution and such funding entity, such as an agency of the United States government.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
** Such a clause would make addenda unnecessary for authors and publishers, and cost the publisher nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tracking Usage Stories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* MIT pioneered a technique for tracking stories about how articles they provide from their repository are being used. Harvard and perhaps others have copied the technique as well. The technique is to inject an extra page at the front of the PDF of a distributed article (which the repository may already be doing to provide citation and licensing information), which provides a statement requesting information about how the article was used with a link to a web form to provide the statement. The MIT language is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The MIT Faculty has made this article openly available. [http://libraries.mit.edu/forms/dspace-oa-articles.html Please share] how this access benefits you. Your story matters.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The stories can then be compiled and shared, [http://web.mit.edu/newsoffice/2012/the-worldwide-impact-of-open-access-to-mit-faculty-research.html as MIT has done].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Return to the [[Good_practices_for_university_open-access_policies|table of contents]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shieber</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Implementing_a_policy&amp;diff=2096</id>
		<title>Implementing a policy</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Implementing_a_policy&amp;diff=2096"/>
		<updated>2012-10-19T19:24:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shieber: /* Content beyond the policy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* This is a section within [[Good practices for university open-access policies]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Launching a repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution must have an institutional repository, or participate in a consortial repository. Most schools launch a repository before adopting a policy to fill it, but some do it the other way around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Individualized writing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Institutions implementing the kind of policy recommended here will want the policy to prevail over a later publishing contract inconsistent with the policy. Merely passing the policy may attain that goal. However, to be more certain, practically and legally, that the policy license survives any later transfer, US institutions should get authors to sign a &amp;quot;written instrument&amp;quot; affirming the policy. &lt;br /&gt;
** Here&#039;s why: Under US copyright law ([http://codes.lp.findlaw.com/uscode/17/2/205 17 USC 205.e]) a &amp;quot;nonexclusive license...prevails over a conflicting transfer of copyright ownership if the license is evidenced by a written instrument signed by the owner of the rights licensed or such owner&#039;s duly authorized agent.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
** This provision doesn&#039;t say that in the absence of a written instrument, the nonexclusive license will &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; prevail over a later contract inconsistent with the policy. A university might take the position that the nonexclusive license in the policy will prevail in any case, and will probably never have to test its position in court. But to be safe, it&#039;s best to get a written affirmation of the grant of rights (or license) as specified by 17 USC 205.e.&lt;br /&gt;
** We don&#039;t know how to accomplish this goal outside the US, and welcome advice from people who do know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harvard uses several methods to get the written affirmation of the policy. When faculty deposit their own articles, a dialog box in the deposit process asks them to affirm the grant of rights (the license) in the policy. When someone else (an administrative assistant or the OSC) deposits articles on their behalf, the faculty member must first have signed a one-time &#039;&#039;assistance authorization form&#039;&#039; containing an affirmation of the grant of rights. Thus, whatever route an article takes into the repository, the institution obtains a written affirmation of the license.&lt;br /&gt;
** Here&#039;s Harvard&#039;s language for affirming the license is: &amp;quot;[I]f I am a member of a Harvard Faculty or School that has adopted an open access policy found at http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/, this confirms my grant to Harvard of a non-exclusive license with respect to my scholarly articles as set forth in that policy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Facilitating waivers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution should create a web form through which faculty can obtain waivers. This not only streamlines bookkeeping, but proves to faculty that the process is easy and automatic. Harvard can share code for such a web form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some publishers may require faculty to obtain a waiver as a condition of publication. Institutions need not try to prevent this. Accommodating these publisher policies proves that publishers have the means to protect themselves, if they choose to use them, and that fact makes it unnecessary for faculty to protect or &amp;quot;paternalize&amp;quot; their favorite publishers (e.g. society publishers) by refusing to vote for a policy. On the other hand, the institution may want to talk with publishers who take this position, to see whether they can work out an accommodation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Author addenda ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An [http://oad.simmons.edu/oadwiki/Author_addenda author addendum] is one way for authors to retain rights that a standard publishing contract would otherwise give to the publisher. For policies of the kind we recommend, author addenda are unnecessary for the same reason that individual author-publisher negotiations are unnecessary. The institution has the rights needed for OA directly from the policy; faculty need not obtain those rights from publishers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* However, author addenda may be desirable anyway. An addendum can alert the publisher that the author&#039;s institution already possesses certain non-exclusive rights. This can prevent misunderstandings on each side. It can also prevent authors from signing publisher contracts which (without the addendum) are inconsistent with the university&#039;s OA policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* See the section on [[#Individualized writing|individualized writing]] above for the reasons why a well-implemented institutional OA policy would take priority over a later publishing contract inconsistent with the policy. Because the policy takes priority, authors who sign publishing contracts inconsistent with the policy may be unable to live up to those contracts and may expose themselves to liability for breach of contract. This risk is entirely eliminated by an addendum modifying the contract to conform to the terms of the institutional policy.&lt;br /&gt;
** Note, however, that there may be no risk to eliminate. Under some legal theories, a widely-known prior license would protect the author from a claim of breach of contract, even in the absence of an addendum. This is one more reason to publicize the university&#039;s OA policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Also see the entry below on [[#Working with publishers|working with publishers]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Multiple deposits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a faculty member deposits a paper in a non-institutional repository (e.g. arXiv, PubMed Central, SSRN), the institutional repository should harvest a copy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To avoid diluting the traffic numbers at the several repositories, all should comply with the (evolving) [http://www.jisc.ac.uk/whatwedo/programmes/pals3/pirus.aspx PIRUS] standards for sharing traffic data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a faculty member is subject to two OA policies (e.g. one from the university and one from the funder), the university should offer to make the deposit required by the funder. &lt;br /&gt;
** For example, most faculty at Harvard Medical School are subject to the NIH policy. If they deposit in the HMS repository, then HMS will insure that a copy is deposited in PubMed Central. If faculty think that an institutional policy will double their administrative burden, they will vote against it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dark deposits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Faculty should always deposit [[Drafting_a_policy#Deposited_version|suitable versions]] of new scholarly articles in the institutional repository. If they obtain a waiver for a given article, then the deposit will at least initially be &amp;quot;dark&amp;quot; (or non-OA). But the author should still deposit the manuscript. &lt;br /&gt;
** One reason for repositories to allow dark deposits is to support the message that faculty should always deposit their new work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a deposit is dark, at least the metadata should be OA. &lt;br /&gt;
** Another reason to allow dark deposits is to facilitate search indexing and discovery for work which, for one reason or another, cannot yet be made OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a deposit is only intended to be dark temporarily, for a known embargo period, then dark deposits should be set to open up automatically at the future date determined by the author decision or embargo period. Most repository software today supports this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If an author deposited a manuscript and obtained a waiver, then the institution does not have permission under the policy to make that manuscript OA. At least initially, that deposits must be dark. However, the repository may switch the manuscript to OA if it can obtain permission from another source, such as a standing policy of the publisher&#039;s to allow OA after a certain embargo period. See the entry on [[Drafting a policy#Waiver option|waiver options]]. Repositories should make dark deposits OA whenever they are legally allowed to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For seven reasons why repositories should allow dark deposits, see Stuart Shieber, [http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/pamphlet/2011/03/12/the-importance-of-dark-deposit/ The importance of dark deposit], &#039;&#039;The Occasional Pamphlet&#039;&#039;, March 12, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deposited versions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some authors will deposit the published version of an article instead of the [[Drafting_a_policy#Deposited_version|final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript]]. &lt;br /&gt;
** Some will mistakenly believe it is the version the policy asks them to deposit. Some will simply prefer it and demand to make it the OA version.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unless the [http://www.sherpa.ac.uk/romeo/PDFandIR.php?la=en publisher consents to the open distribution of the published version], then ask the author for the final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript. If the author can&#039;t find the right version or insists on depositing the published edition, make it a dark deposit and open it up if and when the repository can obtain permission to make it OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internal use of deposited versions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* When the institution reviews faculty publications for promotion, tenure, or internal funding, it should limit its review of research articles to those on deposit in the institutional repository.&lt;br /&gt;
** See Recommendation 1.6 from the [http://www.opensocietyfoundations.org/openaccess/boai-10-recommendations BOAI-10 statement] (September 2012): &amp;quot;Universities with institutional repositories should require deposit in the repository for all research articles to be considered for promotion, tenure, or other forms of internal assessment and review....[This policy should not] be construed to limit the review of other sorts of evidence, or to alter the standards of review.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
** Also see the [http://oaseminar.fecyt.es/Publico/AlhambraDeclaration/index.aspx Alhambra Declaration on Open Access] (May 2010): Universities should &amp;quot;consider[] repository-deposited material for evaluation processes and research assessment.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Versions of this policy have been adopted at the University of Liege, Edinburgh Napier University, the University of Oregon Department of Romance Languages, the Catholic University of Louvain, China&#039;s National Science Library, the Chinese Academy of Sciences, India&#039;s International Center for Tropical Agriculture, and Canada&#039;s Institute for Research in Construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Institutions not ready to change their process for promotion and tenure could [http://www.earlham.edu/~peters/fos/2005/04/choosing-oa-and-getting-tenure-too.html change the form] by which faculty apply for promotion and tenure. The new form could simply request the URLs of OA editions of the faculty member&#039;s research articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Associating articles with their definitive versions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The author manuscript deposited in the repository is [[Drafting_a_policy#Deposited_version|not typically identical]] to the definitive published version, and its provenance should be made clear. This can and should be done in at least two ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* First, each deposited article should be associated with the full citation for the published article. This may be done in a free text citation metadata field using any suitable citation style, or the equivalent information may be made available through a set of metadata fields providing journal name, volume, number, pages, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Second, it is a good idea to provide links from the repository to the online definitive version of the deposited article where available. At Harvard links to the definitive version are provided:&lt;br /&gt;
*# On search results pages associated with each search result.&lt;br /&gt;
*# On item metadata pages.&lt;br /&gt;
*# On a cover page added to the front of the deposited PDF of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Repository indexing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The repository should be configured to support crawling by search engines. &lt;br /&gt;
** See for example the [http://www.jiscinfonet.ac.uk/infokits/repositories/technical-framework/search JISC InfoNet recommendations] and [http://support.google.com/webmasters/bin/answer.py?hl=en&amp;amp;answer=35769 Google Webmaster Guidelines].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Repository managers should check to see whether the contents are discoverable through major search engines, and follow-up any indexing failures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Repository withdrawals ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a publisher sends a reasonable take-down request to the repository, the repository should always comply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the author wishes to withdraw an article already on deposit (e.g. because it is mistaken, embarrassing, superseded by a newer version, etc.), then the repository should withdraw the article. The author can always obtain a waiver, and then the university would no longer have the rights to distribute it. That&#039;s a reason why repositories should always follow author wishes on distribution. In any case, experience suggests that authors rarely ask to withdraw their own articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Content beyond the policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution should welcome the deposit of types of scholarly content, above and beyond the type covered by the policy. For example, if the policy focuses on peer-reviewed manuscripts of journal articles, the repository should welcome deposit of other categories of scholarship as well, such as electronic theses and dissertations, books or book chapters, datasets, and digitized work from other media for which it has permission to provide OA. If the policy covers peer-reviewed manuscripts published after a certain date, it should welcome the deposit of peer-reviewed manuscripts completed or published before that date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Even if the policy only gives the institution permission to make faculty work OA, the repository can and should welcome deposits from scholars at the institution who are not faculty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Even if the policy only gives the institution permission to make certain kinds of content OA, the repository can and should welcome dark deposits where it doesn&#039;t have permission for OA, and in those cases it should provide OA to the metadata.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Treaties with publishers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some publishers may concur with the policy so long as certain aspects are clarified concerning how the policy will be implemented. Providing such clarifications may be entirely reasonable, given that the policy language itself can&#039;t possibly cover all aspects of its implementation. For example, publishers may want to be sure that for manuscripts published in their journals the repository entry will [[Implementing_a_policy#Associating articles with their definitive versions|include a complete citation and link to the published edition]], or that the university will [[Implementing_a_policy#Deposited_versions|not distribute the publisher&#039;s version of the article]], or that the license will not be used to sell articles. If the institution is comfortable with these clarifications (indeed, the clarifications in the treaty may well be aspects of implementation to which the university is already committed), it may make these explicit in return for an explicit statement of the publisher&#039;s cooperation with the policy, for instance, by not requiring waivers or addenda to publication agreements. These agreements may contain any provisions consistent with the policy and agreeable to both sides. (At Harvard they are called &amp;quot;treaties&amp;quot;.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We strongly recommend against treaties requiring universities to respect a given embargo period for all articles from a given journal or publisher. Such a treaty would essentially give the journal or publisher a blanket opt-out of a significant provision of the university OA policy, and violate the express interest of the faculty in adopting a policy to shift the default to immediate OA. &lt;br /&gt;
** However, when authors rather than publishers seek an embargo, and seek it case by case rather than for all articles from a certain journal or publisher, the policy can accommodate them. See the entry on [[Drafting a policy#Embargo option|embargo options]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Here&#039;s [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/sites/default/files/model-pub-agreement-090430.pdf an example of treaty language] used at Harvard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Learning the denominator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An institution can easily tell how many articles are on deposit in its repository. But it cannot easily tell how many articles ought to be on deposit. If it wants to calculate the deposit rate (the number deposited divided by the number that ought to be deposited), then it must find a way to ascertain the denominator. This is a critical piece of information in measuring the effectiveness of the policy and its implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some institutions ask faculty to submit an annual list of their publications. If so, the information should be shared with the repository managers. The raw list of publications is less helpful than one broken down by categories, such as books, journal articles, and so on. If the policy only covers journal articles (for example), then the relevant denominator is the number of journal articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working with publishers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* See the entry on [[#Author addenda|author addenda]]. A well-written author addendum can explain to publishers what rights the author has already assigned to the institution. Hence it can prevent authors from signing publishing contracts they cannot fulfill and prevent misunderstandings on all sides. However there are other ways to achieve some of the same goals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Publishers who normally require the transfer of exclusive rights, but who do not demand waivers from authors at your institution, can modify their publishing contracts to facilitate cooperation with the institution. For example, it would help both sides if publishers included a sentence like [http://scholars.sciencecommons.org/ this one from the Science Commons addendum]:  &amp;quot;Where applicable, Publisher acknowledges that Author&#039;s assignment of copyright or Author&#039;s grant of exclusive rights in the Publication Agreement is subject to Author&#039;s prior grant of a non-exclusive copyright license to Author&#039;s employing institution and/or to a funding entity that financially supported the research reflected in the Article as part of an agreement between Author or Author&#039;s employing institution and such funding entity, such as an agency of the United States government.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
** Such a clause would make addenda unnecessary for authors and publishers, and cost the publisher nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Return to the [[Good_practices_for_university_open-access_policies|table of contents]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shieber</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Additional_resources&amp;diff=2012</id>
		<title>Additional resources</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Additional_resources&amp;diff=2012"/>
		<updated>2012-10-16T16:50:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shieber: /* Other recommendations for university OA policies */ Added link to Occasional Pamphlet entries on scholarly communication.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This is a section within [[Good practices for university open-access policies]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== University OA policies in general ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* COAPI (Coalition of Open Access Policy Institutions), [http://www.arl.org/sparc/about/COAPI/the-coalition-of-open-access-policy-institutions-c.shtml Institution Contacts and their Open Access Policies].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://roarmap.eprints.org/ Registry of Open Access Repositories Mandatory Archiving Policies] (ROARMAP). The most comprehensive list of university OA mandates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://oad.simmons.edu/oadwiki/Unanimous_faculty_votes Unanimous faculty votes for university OA policies]. A list maintained by the [http://oad.simmons.edu Open Access Directory].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Relevant tag libraries from the [http://oad.simmons.edu/oadwiki/OA_tracking_project Open Access Tracking Project]. These are archives of alerts to news and comment on certain OA subtopics. The library for each tag is updated in real time and includes links to live RSS and Atom feeds:&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/3/tag/oa.best_practices Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.best_practices&amp;quot;] (including best practices on all OA-related topics)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/3/tag/oa.case.policies.universities items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.case.policies.universities&amp;quot;] (case studies of university OA policies)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/3/tag/oa.case.repositories Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.case.repositories&amp;quot;] (case studies of OA repositories)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/3/tag/oa.deposits Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.deposits&amp;quot;] (on depositing work in institutional repositories)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/3/tag/oa.mandates Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.mandates&amp;quot;] (including funder mandates, not just university mandates)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/3/tag/oa.policies Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.policies&amp;quot;] (including funder policies, not just university policies)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://tagteam.harvard.edu/hubs/3/tag/oa.ir Items tagged with &amp;quot;oa.ir&amp;quot;] (for &amp;quot;institutional repositories&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Policies of the kind recommended in the guide ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chronological by date of adoption. Links point to policies, not institutional home pages. Dates are dates of adoption.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hfaspolicy Harvard Faculty of Arts and Sciences], February 12, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hlspolicy Harvard Law School], May 1, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ed.stanford.edu/faculty-research/open-archive/open-access-motion Stanford University School of Education], June 26, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hksgpolicy Harvard Kennedy School of Government], March 10, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://libraries.mit.edu/sites/scholarly/mit-open-access/open-access-at-mit/mit-open-access-policy/ Massachusetts Institute of Technology] (MIT), March 18, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://documents.ku.edu/policies/governance/OpenAccess.htm University of Kansas], April 30, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://mx2.arl.org/Lists/SPARC-OAForum/Message/4943.html University of Oregon, Library Faculty], May 7, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://mx2.arl.org/Lists/SPARC-OAForum/Message/4950.html University of Oregon, Department of Romance Languages], May 14, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hgsepolicy Harvard Graduate School of Education], June 1, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.trinity.edu/org/senate/Trinity%20University%20Open%20Access%20Policy.pdf Trinity University], October 27, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.oberlin.edu/library/programs/openaccess/resolution.html Oberlin College], November 18, 2009&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://zsr.wfu.edu/documents/ZSR_Librarians_Assembly_Open_Access_Policy.pdf Wake Forest University, Library Faculty], February 1, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hbspolicy Harvard Business School], February 12, 2010 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://scholarship.rollins.edu/as_facpub/Open_Access_Policy_Final_02252010.pdf Rollins College], February 25, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://library.duke.edu/openaccess/duke-openaccess-policy.html Duke University], March 18, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://mx2.arl.org/Lists/SPARC-OAForum/Message/5436.html University of Puerto Rico Law School], March 24, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hdspolicy Harvard Divinity School], November 15, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://library.manoa.hawaii.edu/about/scholcom/oaatuhm.html The University of Hawaii-Manoa], Faculty Senate December 2010, Final adoption March 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://scholcomm.columbia.edu/open-access/open-access-policies/lamont-doherty-earth-observatory-open-access-policy/ Columbia University, Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory], December 22, 2010&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.eifl.net/news/strathmore-university-open-access-policy-keny Strathmore University], c. February 2011&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://guides.main.library.emory.edu/content.php?pid=43389&amp;amp;sid=2144393 Emory University], March 15, 2011&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/hgsdpolicy Harvard Graduate School of Design], March 20, 2011&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://scholcomm.columbia.edu/open-access/open-access-policies/columbia-university-libraries-information-services-open-access-policy/ Columbia University Libraries], June 1, 2011&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.princeton.edu/dof/policies/publ/fac/open-access-policy/ Princeton University], September 19, 2011&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://scholcomm.blogs.bucknell.edu/2011/10/04/bucknell-faculty-approves-open-access-policy/ Bucknell University], October 4, 2011&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://nile.lub.lu.se/ojs/index.php/sciecominfo/article/view/5425/4751 Bifröst University] (in English), or [http://www.bifrost.is/islenska/um-haskolann/stefna-og-hlutverk/opinn-adgangur/ in Icelandic], first vote May 2011; confirmed January 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=1&amp;amp;ved=0CCIQFjAA&amp;amp;url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.jkuat.ac.ke%2F%3Fwpdmact%3Dprocess%26did%3DNjguaG90bGluaw%3D%3D&amp;amp;ei=5nV4UNjMAY-M0QH4o4H4DQ&amp;amp;usg=AFQjCNGkNk5ceu_i5MW0zdbKxcLOrZVH-A&amp;amp;sig2=SPrJ8r5ZZ_wCa2HynZ5mnA Jomo Kenyatta University of Agriculture and Technology], c. March 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.usu.edu/hr/files/uploads/535.pdf Utah State University], April 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.lib.muohio.edu/news_and_notes/open-access-policy Miami University of Ohio, Library faculty], May 14, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.library.ucsf.edu/help/scholpub/oapolicy University of California - San Francisco], May 21, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://library.umassmed.edu/oa_policy University of Massachusetts Medical School], July 27, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other recommendations for university OA policies ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* BOAI (Budapest Open Access Initiative), [http://www.soros.org/openaccess/boai-10-recommendations Ten years on from the Budapest Open Access Initiative: setting the default to open], September 12, 2012. The ten-year anniversary statement from the BOAI, with recommendations for policy and practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* EOS (Enabling Open Scholarship), [http://www.openscholarship.org/jcms/c_6217/formulating-an-institutional-open-access-policy Formulating an institutional Open Access policy].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Stevan Harnad, [http://openaccess.eprints.org/index.php?/archives/864-.html Integrating Institutional and Funder Open Access Mandates: Belgian Model], Open Access Archivangelism, December 23, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Stevan Harnad, [http://eprints.soton.ac.uk/267298/ Waking OA&#039;s &amp;quot;Slumbering Giant&amp;quot;: The University&#039;s Mandate To Mandate Open Access],  New Review of Information Networking 14, 1 (2008) pp. 51-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harvard Office for Scholarly Communication, [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/modelpolicy Harvard Model Open Access Policy]. Annotated. Last updated, October 10, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- also see&lt;br /&gt;
** Harvard&#039;s guidelines and FAQs&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/authors/policy_guide Guidelines for authors]&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/publishers Guidelines for publishers]&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/dash/termsofuse DASH terms of use]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* OASIS (Open Access Scholarly Information Sourcebook), [http://www.openoasis.org/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=article&amp;amp;id=145&amp;amp;Itemid=298 Developing an Institutional Open Access Policy], April 7, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Arthur Sale, Marc Couture, Eloy Rodrigues, Leslie Carr, and Stevan Harnad, [http://eprints.soton.ac.uk/268511/ Open Access Mandates and the &amp;quot;Fair Dealing&amp;quot; Button], in: Rosemary J. Coombe and Darren Wershler, eds., Dynamic Fair Dealing: Creating Canadian Culture Online, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Stuart Shieber, [http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/pamphlet/category/scholarly-communication/ The Occasional Pamphlet]. Blog entries on scholarly communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* SPARC (Scholarly Publishing and Academic Resources Coalition), [http://www.arl.org/sparc/bm~doc/sparc_boycott_next_steps.pdf A SPARC Guide for Campus Action], April 25, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* SPARC, [http://www.arl.org/sparc/advocacy/campus/ Campus Open Access Policies project], launched August 5, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Peter Suber, [http://nrs.harvard.edu/urn-3:HUL.InstRepos:4322589 OA policy options for funding agencies and universities], SPARC Open Access Newsletter, February 2, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Peter Suber, [http://nrs.harvard.edu/urn-3:HUL.InstRepos:4317659 Three principles for university open access policies], SPARC Open Access Newsletter, April 2, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alma Swan, [http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0021/002158/215863e.pdf Policy Guidelines for the Development and Promotion of Open Access], UNESCO, March 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Return to the [[Good_practices_for_university_open-access_policies|table of contents]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shieber</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Drafting_a_policy&amp;diff=1871</id>
		<title>Drafting a policy</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Drafting_a_policy&amp;diff=1871"/>
		<updated>2012-10-10T02:49:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shieber: /* Scope of coverage, by content category */ Updated the discussion of how to define a &amp;quot;scholarly article&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* This is a section within [[Good practices for university open-access policies]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What an OA policy can achieve ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In this guide, we present our understanding of good practices for university open-access policies. An effective OA policy can build support for OA, as an academic and social good, into standard university practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As we discuss below, we prefer a policy of the sort now in place at many universities that provides for automatic default rights retention in scholarly articles and a commitment to provide copies of articles for open distribution. Policies of this sort have many benefits: they allow authors to retain extremely broad use and reuse rights with a minimum of effort; they allow universities to help authors in openly distributing articles for maximum impact; they allow other researchers and the general public to obtain broader access to articles; all while preserving academic freedom, author choice, and consistency with copyright and other law.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Although we find this kind of policy preferable, alternative sorts of policies can also be effective, and we discuss them as well. Other kinds of policies we find counterproductive, and recommend avoiding them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Statement of goals of the policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Many policies open with some statement of the policy goals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is no &amp;quot;best practice&amp;quot; statement of the benefits of OA or the goals of promoting OA. But there are some mistakes to avoid.&lt;br /&gt;
** Don&#039;t say that the purpose of the policy is &amp;quot;only&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;solely&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;exclusively&amp;quot; to achieve one benefit of OA, or some particular list of benefits. Leave the door open to achieve all the benefits of OA, even if you are not ready to enumerate them all. &lt;br /&gt;
** See the entry below on [[#Transferring rights back to the author|transferring rights back to the author]]. Avoid language in the preamble that could inadvertently restrict the institution, authors, or users in making use of works in the repository. For example, avoid language that might be construed to bar text mining or derivative works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Types of policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There are at least six types of university OA policy. Here we organize them by their methods for avoiding copyright troubles.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 1 --&amp;gt; The policy grants the institution certain non-exclusive rights to future research articles published by faculty. This sort of policy typically offers a waiver option or opt-out for authors. It also requires deposit in the repository.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 2 --&amp;gt; The policy requires faculty to retain certain non-exclusive rights when they publish future research articles. It also requires deposit in the repository.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 3 --&amp;gt; The policy seeks no rights at all. It requires deposit in the repository. If the institution already has permission to make the work OA, then it makes it OA. Otherwise the deposit is dark (non-OA) until the institution can obtain permission to make it OA. &lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 4 --&amp;gt; The policy seeks no rights at all and does not require dark deposits. It requires repository deposit and OA, but only when the author&#039;s publisher permits them.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 5 --&amp;gt; The policy does not require OA in any sense, but merely requests or encourages it.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 6 --&amp;gt; The policy does not require OA in any sense, but asks faculty to &amp;quot;opt in&amp;quot; to a policy under which they are expected to deposit their work in the repository and authorize it to be OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We recommend type #1 in this guide. Most of the good practices collected here are about that sort of policy.&lt;br /&gt;
** When type #1 policies are politically unattainable on a certain campus, then we recommend #3. We put #1 ahead of #3 because it actually provides permission to make articles OA through the repository.&lt;br /&gt;
** When #1 and #3 are both politically unattainable on a certain campus, we recommend either a type #5 policy or waiting until the community is ready for a type #1 or #3 policy.&lt;br /&gt;
** We do not recommend #2 because it requires faculty to negotiate with publishers. That is difficult to do. Many faculty are intimidated by the prospect and will not to do it. Even if all tried it, some will succeed and some will fail. Some will get one set of rights and some will get another. That will make access uneven and multiply implementation headaches.&lt;br /&gt;
** We do not recommend #4 because it allows recalcitrant publishers to opt out at will.  Some institutions believe that a loophole for recalcitrant publishers is the only way to avoid copyright infringement. But that is mistaken. All six approaches, properly implemented, avoid copyright infringement. &lt;br /&gt;
** We do not recommend #6 because it is equivalent to no policy at all. Faculty may already opt in to the practice of self-archiving and OA. This sort of policy differs little from #5 except by leaving the impression that asking faculty to opt in to an OA policy is somehow different from requesting or encouraging OA itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For independent analyses concluding that type #1 policies are lawful, and provide legally sufficient permission for OA through the institutional repository, see:&lt;br /&gt;
** Simon Frankel and Shannon Nestor, [http://sciencecommons.org/wp-content/uploads/Opening-the-Door.pdf Opening the Door: How Faculty Authors Can Implement an Open Access Policy at Their Institutions], a white paper from SPARC and Science Commons, August 2010. The paper shows how OA policies can avoid legal pitfalls, and uses the Harvard and MIT policies as a model.&lt;br /&gt;
** Eric Priest, [http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1890467 Copyright and the Harvard Open Access Mandate], &#039;&#039;Northwestern Journal of Technology and Intellectual Property&#039;&#039;, preprint August 1, 2012, published version forthcoming. Also see Stuart Shieber&#039;s blog post on Priest&#039;s article, [https://blogs.law.harvard.edu/pamphlet/2012/09/17/is-the-harvard-open-access-policy-legally-sound/ Is the Harvard open-access policy legally sound?] &#039;&#039;The Occasional Pamphlet&#039;&#039;, September 17, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grant of rights to the institution ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should be worded so that the the act of adopting the policy is the same as the act of granting the university certain non-exclusive rights. It should not merely ask, encourage, or require faculty to retain certain rights in the future, when they sign publishing agreements, and then grant them to the institution. It should say &amp;quot;Each faculty member grants...&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;hereby grants...&amp;quot;, not &amp;quot;will grant...&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;must grant....&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By granting the rights at the time the policy is adopted, in advance of future publications, the policy frees faculty from the need to negotiate with publishers. It secures the rights even when faculty fail to request them. It secures the same rights for every faculty member, not just the rights that a given faculty member might succeed in obtaining from a given negotiation with a given publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Note that in what follows we&#039;ll often refer to the grant of rights as the &amp;quot;license&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;permission&amp;quot; for OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deposit in the repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should either require deposit of relevant work in the institutional repository, or require making relevant work available to the institution for deposit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The waiver option should apply only to the grant of rights, not to deposit in the repository. (More under [[#Waiver option|waivers]] below.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy needn&#039;t require faculty to make deposits themselves. The deposits may be made by others (such as student workers) on behalf of faculty, provided that faculty make the [[#Deposited version|appropriate versions]] of their articles available for deposit. &lt;br /&gt;
** For simplicity in what follows, we will refer to depositors as faculty, but will mean to include others acting on behalf of faculty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deposited version ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should specify that the deposited version should be the final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript. This version contains the text approved by peer review. It should also include all the charts, graphics, and illustrations which the author has permission to deposit. It may include post-review copy-editing done collaboratively between author and journal. It need not include any post-review copy editing done unilaterally by the journal, the journal&#039;s pagination, or the journal&#039;s look and feel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the publisher consents, then the institution should deposit the published version of an article to complement the final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript already on deposit. &lt;br /&gt;
** This could be mentioned in the policy itself or simply made an implementation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
** The published version should only replace the author&#039;s manuscript when the published version allows at least as many reuse rights as the author&#039;s manuscript. Some publishers will be happy to make this substitution in order to prevent the circulation of multiple versions. However, when the published version carries a more restrictive license than the author&#039;s manuscript, then the author&#039;s manuscript should not be removed from the repository.&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://www.sherpa.ac.uk/romeo/PDFandIR.php?la=en Sherpa RoMEO] keeps a list of publishers willing to allow deposit of the published version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deposit timing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should require faculty to deposit their peer-reviewed manuscripts at the time of acceptance for publication, or no later than the date of publication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If an author specifies an [[#Embargo option|embargo]] on a given article, the deposit should still be made between the time of acceptance and the time of publication. But it will be a dark deposit until the embargo period expires.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Waiver option ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should make clear that the institution will always grant waivers, no questions asked.  Faculty needn&#039;t meet a burden of proof or offer a justification which might be accepted or rejected. To prevent needless fear or confusion on this point, the policy should refer to &amp;quot;obtaining&amp;quot; a waiver, or &amp;quot;directing&amp;quot; that a waiver be granted, rather than &amp;quot;requesting&amp;quot; a waiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The waiver option should apply only to the grant of rights to the institution (also called the license or the permission), not to the deposit in the repository. Faculty should deposit their articles even if they obtain waivers; these would at least initially be dark or non-OA deposits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Faculty who want waivers for separate publications should obtain separate waivers. Institutions should not offer &amp;quot;standing waivers&amp;quot; that apply to all future publications from a given faculty member. Standing waivers would defeat the purpose of shifting the default to permission for OA. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A waiver for a particular article means that the institution does not receive the policy&#039;s usual bundle of non-exclusive rights for that article. Hence, for that article the university will not have permission from the policy to make a copy OA. But the university may have permission from another source, such as the author (who may have retained rights from the publisher), to make a copy OA. For example, if the publisher allows green OA six months after publication, then the university will eventually have OA permission even if it doesn&#039;t have OA permission under the policy. If the university has a copy of the article on dark deposit in the repository, then it may make the repository copy OA as soon as the publisher allows. Hence, the waiver provision of the policy should not promise that the university will never make a copy OA. On the contrary, the policy might say that the university will make faculty work OA whenever it has permission to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Also see the [[Talking about a policy#&amp;quot;Waivers&amp;quot;|entry on waivers]] in the section on [[Talking about a policy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Embargo option ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy may also give authors the right to specify an embargo period (a delay in the open distribution of an article).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The [http://library.duke.edu/openaccess/duke-openaccess-policy.html Duke policy] is a model here: &amp;quot;The Provost or Provost&#039;s designate will waive application of the license for a particular article or delay access for a specified period of time upon written request by a Faculty member.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
** Harvard&#039;s [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/sites/default/files/model-policy-annotated_0.pdf Model Open Access Policy] incorporates the Duke language with this annotation: &amp;quot;Duke University pioneered the incorporation of an author-directed embargo period for particular articles as a way of adhering to publisher wishes without requiring a full waiver. This allows the full range of rights to be taken advantage of after the embargo period ends, rather than having to fall back on what the publisher may happen to allow. Since this is still an opt-out option, it does not materially weaken the policy. An explicit mention of embargoes in this way may appeal to faculty members as an acknowledgement of the prevalence of embargoes in journals they are familiar with.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* When faculty specify an embargo period, they should still deposit their articles in the repository on the [[#Deposit timing|usual timetable]]. The embargo option allows a delay in making a deposited article OA, not a delay in depositing an article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We recommend against any policy language, or implementation practice, requiring the university to respect a given embargo period for all articles from a given journal or publisher. For more details, see the entry on [[Implementing a policy#Treaties with publishers|treaties with publishers]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scope of coverage, by content category ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should specify what categories of content are covered by the license and the expectation of deposit. In particular, the policy should cover scholarly articles, or the kinds of writings typically published in peer-reviewed journals and conference proceedings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should not cover writings not considered scholarly in the field (in most fields, op-ed pieces, popular articles) or scholarly writings that generate royalties (textbooks, monographs).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/sites/default/files/model-policy-annotated_0.pdf Harvard model policy] covers &amp;quot;scholarly articles&amp;quot; alone, and explains in this annotation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::What constitutes a scholarly article is purposefully left vague. Clearly falling within the scope of the term are (using terms from the [http://www.soros.org/openaccess/read Budapest Open Access Initiative]) articles that describe the fruits of scholars&#039; research and that they give to the world for the sake of inquiry and knowledge without expectation of payment. Such articles are typically presented in peer-reviewed scholarly journals and conference proceedings. Clearly falling outside of the scope are a wide variety of other scholarly writings such as books and commissioned articles, as well as popular writings, ﬁction and poetry, and pedagogical materials (lecture notes, lecture videos, case studies).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Often, faculty express concern that the term is not (and cannot be) precisely deﬁned. The concern is typically about whether one or another particular case falls within the scope of the term or not. However, the exact delineation of every case is neither possible nor necessary. In particular, if the concern is that a particular article inappropriately falls within the purview of the policy, a waiver can always be obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::One tempting clarification is to refer to scholarly articles more specifically as &amp;quot;articles published in peer-reviewed journals or conference proceedings&amp;quot; or some such specification. Doing so may have an especially pernicious unintended consequence: With such a definition, a &amp;quot;scholarly article&amp;quot; doesn&#039;t become covered by the policy until it is published, by which time a publication agreement covering its disposition is likely to already have been signed. Thus the entire benefit of the policy&#039;s nonexclusive license &#039;&#039;preceding&#039;&#039; a &#039;&#039;later&#039;&#039; transfer of rights may be vitiated. If clarifying language along these lines is required, simultaneously weaker and more accurate language can be used, for instance, this language from Harvard&#039;s explanatory material (also used above): &amp;quot;Using terms from the Budapest Open Access Initiative, faculty&#039;s scholarly articles are articles that describe the fruits of their research and that they give to the world for the sake of inquiry and knowledge without expectation of payment. Such articles are typically presented in peer-reviewed scholarly journals and conference proceedings.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Works not covered by the policy can still be placed in a repository, and with permission they can be made OA. The policy or separate implementation documents can encourage deposit of other kinds of work that fall outside the scope of the license and deposit requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scope of coverage, by time ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Neither the grant of rights nor the deposit requirement should be retroactive. Under the kind of policy we recommend here, faculty can only make the desired grant rights to the institution for future, still-unpublished works, not for previously published works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* However, the policy or separate implementation documents might encourage deposit of works completed prior to the adoption of the policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring rights back to the author ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The kind of policy we recommend here not only provides rights to the institution, but allows the institution to transfer those rights to others. Here&#039;s the key language (from the Harvard [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/modelpolicy model policy]): &amp;quot;More speciﬁcally, each Faculty member grants to [university name] a nonexclusive, irrevocable, worldwide license to exercise any and all rights under copyright relating to each of his or her scholarly articles...&#039;&#039;and to authorize others to do the same&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; (emphasis added). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The primary purpose of this language is to allow the institution to transfer rights back to the author. The effect is that authors retain (or regain) certain rights to their work, including rights that they might have transferred away in their publishing contracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For this reason, the set of rights transferred to the institution should be as broad as possible, so that the author thereby retains or regains the broadest possible set of rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Although the kind of policy we recommend here can correctly be called a rights-retention policy, it doesn&#039;t provide direct or simple rights retention &#039;&#039;by authors&#039;&#039;. Instead, authors transfer certain non-exclusive rights to the institution. After the author signs a publishing agreement, and depending on its precise terms, the author only regains or retains certain rights if the institution transfers them back to the author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring rights to others ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The kind of policy we recommend here also allows institutions to put open licenses on works deposited under the policy. But institutions need not take advantage of those rights, or need not do so right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For example, Harvard does not put open licenses on individual deposits. But its [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/dash/termsofuse terms of use] function as an open license for all deposits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should include a provision giving a certain committee or unit responsibility for implementing the policy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A policy is more likely to pass if it only says what it has to say. Other details can be left to the committee charged with implementing the policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* When building support for a policy makes it desirable to share both the draft policy language and the implementation plan, make sure to keep the two distinct. That way the policy itself is not enlarged to include the implementation plan, and it can say only what it has to say.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Separating the issues ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A university with a green OA policy may (and we think, should) also launch a fund to help faculty pay publication fees at fee-based OA journals. But the green OA policy should make clear that it is separate from the journal fund. Otherwise faculty may think that the policy itself requires faculty to submit new work to OA journals (a common and harmful misunderstanding).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A university requiring green OA may also encourage gold OA. But it should be careful about doing both the same document. Where it has been tried, faculty too easily come to believe that the policy requires gold OA and thereby limits their freedom to submit new work to the journals of their choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some other recommendations on separating the issues are included in the section on [[Adopting a policy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Return to the [[Good_practices_for_university_open-access_policies|table of contents]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shieber</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Implementing_a_policy&amp;diff=1866</id>
		<title>Implementing a policy</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Implementing_a_policy&amp;diff=1866"/>
		<updated>2012-10-09T19:39:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shieber: /* Deposited versions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* This is a section within [[Good practices for university open-access policies]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Launching a repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution must have an institutional repository, or participate in a consortial repository. Most schools launch a repository before adopting a policy to fill it, but some do it the other way around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Individualized writing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Institutions implementing the kind of policy recommended here will want the policy to prevail over a later publishing contract inconsistent with the policy. Merely passing the policy may attain that goal. However, to be more certain, practically and legally, that the policy license survives any later transfer, US institutions should get authors to sign a &amp;quot;written instrument&amp;quot; affirming the policy. &lt;br /&gt;
** Here&#039;s why: Under US copyright law ([http://codes.lp.findlaw.com/uscode/17/2/205 17 USC 205.e]) a &amp;quot;nonexclusive license...prevails over a conflicting transfer of copyright ownership if the license is evidenced by a written instrument signed by the owner of the rights licensed or such owner&#039;s duly authorized agent.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
** This provision doesn&#039;t say that in the absence of a written instrument, the nonexclusive license will &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; prevail over a later contract inconsistent with the policy. A university might take the position that the nonexclusive license in the policy will prevail in any case, and will probably never have to test its position in court. But to be safe, it&#039;s best to get a written affirmation of the grant of rights (or license) as specified by 17 USC 205.e.&lt;br /&gt;
** We don&#039;t know how to accomplish this goal outside the US, and welcome advice from people who do know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harvard uses several methods to get the written affirmation of the policy. When faculty deposit their own articles, a dialog box in the deposit process asks them to affirm the grant of rights (the license) in the policy. When someone else (an administrative assistant or the OSC) deposits articles on their behalf, the faculty member must first have signed a one-time &#039;&#039;assistance authorization form&#039;&#039; containing an affirmation of the grant of rights. Thus, whatever route an article takes into the repository, the institution obtains a written affirmation of the license.&lt;br /&gt;
** Here&#039;s Harvard&#039;s language for affirming the license is: &amp;quot;[I]f I am a member of a Harvard Faculty or School that has adopted an open access policy found at http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/, this confirms my grant to Harvard of a non-exclusive license with respect to my scholarly articles as set forth in that policy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Facilitating waivers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution should create a web form through which faculty can obtain waivers. This not only streamlines bookkeeping, but proves to faculty that the process is easy and automatic. Harvard can share code for such a web form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some publishers may require faculty to obtain a waiver as a condition of publication. Institutions need not try to prevent this. Accommodating these publisher policies proves that publishers have the means to protect themselves, if they choose to use them, and that fact makes it unnecessary for faculty to protect or &amp;quot;paternalize&amp;quot; their favorite publishers (e.g. society publishers) by refusing to vote for a policy. On the other hand, the institution may want to talk with publishers who take this position, to see whether they can work out an accommodation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Author addenda ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Because the policy already grants the institution the rights needed for OA, faculty need not obtain those rights from publishers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An [http://oad.simmons.edu/oadwiki/Author_addenda author addendum] is one way for authors to request rights that a standard publishing contract does not otherwise allow. Hence, for policies of the kind we recommend, author addenda are unnecessary for the same reason that individual author-publisher negotiations are unnecessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* However, author addenda may be desirable anyway. An addendum can alert the publisher that the author&#039;s institution already possesses certain non-exclusive rights. This can prevent misunderstandings on each side. It can also prevent authors from signing publisher contracts which (without the addendum) are inconsistent with the university&#039;s OA policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* See the section on [[#Individualized writing|individualized writing]] above for the reasons why a well-implemented institutional OA policy would take priority over a later publishing contract inconsistent with the policy. Because the policy takes priority, authors who sign publishing contracts inconsistent with the policy may be unable to live up to those contracts and may expose themselves to liability for breach of contract. This risk is entirely eliminated by an addendum modifying the contract to conform to the terms of the institutional policy.&lt;br /&gt;
** On the other hand, there may be no risk to eliminate. Under some legal theories, a widely-known prior license would protect the author from a claim of breach of contract, even in the absence of an addendum. This is one more reason to publicize the university&#039;s OA policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Also see the entry below on [[#Working with publishers|working with publishers]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Multiple deposits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a faculty member deposits a paper in a non-institutional repository (e.g. arXiv, PubMed Central, SSRN), the institutional repository should harvest a copy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To avoid diluting the traffic numbers at the several repositories, all should comply with the (evolving) [http://www.jisc.ac.uk/whatwedo/programmes/pals3/pirus.aspx PIRUS] standards for sharing traffic data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a faculty member is subject to two OA policies (e.g. one from the institution and one from the funder), the institution should offer to make the deposit required by the funder. For example, most faculty at Harvard Medical School are subject to the NIH policy. If they deposit in the HMS repository, then HMS will insure that a copy is deposited in PubMed Central. If faculty think that an institutional policy will double their administrative burden, they will vote against it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dark deposits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Faculty should always deposit [[Drafting_a_policy#Deposited_version|suitable versions]] of new scholarly articles in the institutional repository. If they obtain a waiver for a given article, then the deposit will at least initially be &amp;quot;dark&amp;quot; (or non-OA). But the author should still deposit the manuscript. &lt;br /&gt;
** One reason for repositories to allow dark deposits is to support the message that faculty should always deposit their new work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a deposit is dark, at least the metadata should be OA. &lt;br /&gt;
** Another reason to allow dark deposits is to facilitate search indexing and discovery for work which, for one reason or another, cannot yet be made OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a deposit is only intended to be dark temporarily, for a known embargo period, then dark deposits should be set to open up automatically at the future date determined by the author decision or embargo period. Most repository software today supports this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If an author deposited a manuscript and obtained a waiver, then the institution does not have permission under the policy to make that manuscript OA. At least initially, that deposits must be dark. However, the repository may switch the manuscript to OA if it can obtain permission from another source, such as a standing policy of the publisher&#039;s to allow OA after a certain embargo period. See the entry on [[Drafting a policy#Waiver option|waiver options]]. Repositories should make dark deposits OA whenever they are legally allowed to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For seven reasons why repositories should allow dark deposits, see Stuart Shieber, [http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/pamphlet/2011/03/12/the-importance-of-dark-deposit/ The importance of dark deposit], &#039;&#039;The Occasional Pamphlet&#039;&#039;, March 12, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deposited versions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some authors will deposit the published version of an article instead of the [[Drafting_a_policy#Deposited_version|final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript]]. &lt;br /&gt;
** Some will mistakenly believe it is the version the policy asks them to deposit. Some will simply prefer it and demand to make it the OA version.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unless the [http://www.sherpa.ac.uk/romeo/PDFandIR.php?la=en publisher consents to the open distribution of the published version], then ask the author for the final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript. If the author can&#039;t find the right version or insists on depositing the published edition, make it a dark deposit and open it up if and when the repository can obtain permission to make it OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Associating articles with their definitive version ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The author manuscript deposited in the repository is not typically identical to the definitive published version, and its provenance should be made clear. This can and should be done in at least two ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* First, each deposited article should be associated with the full citation for the published article. This may be done in a free text citation metadata field using any suitable citation style, or the equivalent information may be made available through a set of metadata fields providing journal name, volume, number, pages, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Second, it is a good idea to provide links from the repository to the online definitive version of the deposited article where available. At Harvard links to the definitive version are provided:&lt;br /&gt;
*# On search results pages associated with each search result.&lt;br /&gt;
*# On item metadata pages.&lt;br /&gt;
*# On a cover page added to the front of the deposited PDF of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Repository indexing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The repository should be configured to support crawling by search engines. &lt;br /&gt;
** See for example the [http://www.jiscinfonet.ac.uk/infokits/repositories/technical-framework/search JISC InfoNet recommendations] and [http://support.google.com/webmasters/bin/answer.py?hl=en&amp;amp;answer=35769 Google Webmaster Guidelines].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Repository managers should check to see whether the contents are discoverable through major search engines, and follow-up any indexing failures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Repository withdrawals ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a publisher sends a reasonable take-down request to the repository, the repository should always comply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the author wishes to withdraw an article already on deposit (e.g. because it is mistaken, embarrassing, superseded by a newer version, etc.), then the repository should withdraw the article. The author can always obtain a waiver, and then the university would no longer have the rights to distribute it. That&#039;s a reason why repositories should always follow author wishes on distribution. In any case, experience suggests that authors rarely ask to withdraw their own articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Content beyond the policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution should welcome the deposit of types of scholarly content, above and beyond the type covered by the policy. For example, if the policy focuses on peer-reviewed manuscripts of journal articles, the repository should welcome deposit of other categories of scholarship as well, such as electronic theses and dissertations, books or book chapters, datasets, and digitized work from other media for which it has permission to provide OA. If the policy covers peer-reviewed manuscripts published after a certain date, it should welcome the deposit of peer-reviewed manuscripts completed or published before that date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the policy only gives the institution permission to make certain kinds of content OA, the repository should welcome dark deposits where it doesn&#039;t have permission for OA, and in those cases it should provide OA to the metadata.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Treaties with publishers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some publishers may concur with the policy so long as certain aspects are clarified concerning how the policy will be implemented. Providing such clarifications may be entirely reasonable, given that the policy language itself can&#039;t possibly cover all aspects of its implementation. For example, publishers may want to be sure that for manuscripts published in their journals the repository entry will include a complete citation and link to the published edition, or that the license will not be used to sell articles, or that the university will not distribute the publisher&#039;s version of the article. If the institution is comfortable with these clarifications (indeed, the clarifications in the treaty may well be aspects of implementation that the university was already committed to), it may make these explicit in return for an explicit statement of the publisher&#039;s cooperation with the policy, for instance, by not requiring waivers or addenda to publication agreements. These agreements may contain any provisions consistent with the policy and agreeable to both sides. (At Harvard they are called &amp;quot;treaties&amp;quot;.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We strongly recommend against treaties requiring universities to respect a given embargo period for all articles from a given journal or publisher. Such a treaty would essentially give the journal or publisher a blanket opt-out of a significant provision of the university OA policy, and violate the express interest of the faculty in adopting a policy to shift the default to immediate OA. &lt;br /&gt;
** However, when authors rather than publishers seek an embargo, and seek it case by case rather than for all articles from a certain journal or publisher, the policy can accommodate them. See the entry on [[Drafting a policy#Embargo option|embargo options]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Here&#039;s [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/sites/default/files/model-pub-agreement-090430.pdf an example of treaty language] used at Harvard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Learning the denominator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An institution can easily tell how many articles are on deposit in its repository. But it cannot easily tell how many articles ought to be on deposit. If it wants to calculate the deposit rate (the number deposited divided by the number that ought to be deposited), then it must find a way to ascertain the denominator. This is a critical piece of information in measuring the effectiveness of the policy and its implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some institutions ask faculty to submit an annual list of their publications. If so, the information should be shared with the repository managers. The raw list of publications is less helpful than one broken down by categories, such as books, journal articles, and so on. If the policy only covers journal articles (for example), then the relevant denominator is the number of journal articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working with publishers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* See the entry on [[#Author addenda|author addenda]]. A well-written author addendum can explain to publishers what rights the author has already assigned to the institution. Hence it can prevent authors from signing publishing contracts they cannot fulfill and prevent misunderstandings on all sides. However there are other ways to achieve some of the same goals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Publishers who normally require the transfer of exclusive rights, but who do not demand waivers from authors at your institution, can modify their publishing contracts to facilitate cooperation with the institution. For example, it would help both sides if publishers included a sentence like [http://scholars.sciencecommons.org/ this one from the Science Commons addendum]:  &amp;quot;Where applicable, Publisher acknowledges that Author&#039;s assignment of copyright or Author&#039;s grant of exclusive rights in the Publication Agreement is subject to Author&#039;s prior grant of a non-exclusive copyright license to Author&#039;s employing institution and/or to a funding entity that financially supported the research reflected in the Article as part of an agreement between Author or Author&#039;s employing institution and such funding entity, such as an agency of the United States government.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
** Such a clause would make addenda unnecessary for authors and publishers, and cost the publisher nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Return to the [[Good_practices_for_university_open-access_policies|table of contents]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shieber</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Implementing_a_policy&amp;diff=1865</id>
		<title>Implementing a policy</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Implementing_a_policy&amp;diff=1865"/>
		<updated>2012-10-09T19:27:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shieber: /* Treaties with publishers */ Changed the discussion to talk about &amp;quot;clarifications&amp;quot; of the policy rather than modifications. Changed the language to make avoiding embargo acquiescence to a &amp;quot;strong&amp;quot; recommendation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* This is a section within [[Good practices for university open-access policies]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Launching a repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution must have an institutional repository, or participate in a consortial repository. Most schools launch a repository before adopting a policy to fill it, but some do it the other way around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Individualized writing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Institutions implementing the kind of policy recommended here will want the policy to prevail over a later publishing contract inconsistent with the policy. Merely passing the policy may attain that goal. However, to be more certain, practically and legally, that the policy license survives any later transfer, US institutions should get authors to sign a &amp;quot;written instrument&amp;quot; affirming the policy. &lt;br /&gt;
** Here&#039;s why: Under US copyright law ([http://codes.lp.findlaw.com/uscode/17/2/205 17 USC 205.e]) a &amp;quot;nonexclusive license...prevails over a conflicting transfer of copyright ownership if the license is evidenced by a written instrument signed by the owner of the rights licensed or such owner&#039;s duly authorized agent.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
** This provision doesn&#039;t say that in the absence of a written instrument, the nonexclusive license will &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; prevail over a later contract inconsistent with the policy. A university might take the position that the nonexclusive license in the policy will prevail in any case, and will probably never have to test its position in court. But to be safe, it&#039;s best to get a written affirmation of the grant of rights (or license) as specified by 17 USC 205.e.&lt;br /&gt;
** We don&#039;t know how to accomplish this goal outside the US, and welcome advice from people who do know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harvard uses several methods to get the written affirmation of the policy. When faculty deposit their own articles, a dialog box in the deposit process asks them to affirm the grant of rights (the license) in the policy. When someone else (an administrative assistant or the OSC) deposits articles on their behalf, the faculty member must first have signed a one-time &#039;&#039;assistance authorization form&#039;&#039; containing an affirmation of the grant of rights. Thus, whatever route an article takes into the repository, the institution obtains a written affirmation of the license.&lt;br /&gt;
** Here&#039;s Harvard&#039;s language for affirming the license is: &amp;quot;[I]f I am a member of a Harvard Faculty or School that has adopted an open access policy found at http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/, this confirms my grant to Harvard of a non-exclusive license with respect to my scholarly articles as set forth in that policy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Facilitating waivers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution should create a web form through which faculty can obtain waivers. This not only streamlines bookkeeping, but proves to faculty that the process is easy and automatic. Harvard can share code for such a web form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some publishers may require faculty to obtain a waiver as a condition of publication. Institutions need not try to prevent this. Accommodating these publisher policies proves that publishers have the means to protect themselves, if they choose to use them, and that fact makes it unnecessary for faculty to protect or &amp;quot;paternalize&amp;quot; their favorite publishers (e.g. society publishers) by refusing to vote for a policy. On the other hand, the institution may want to talk with publishers who take this position, to see whether they can work out an accommodation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Author addenda ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Because the policy already grants the institution the rights needed for OA, faculty need not obtain those rights from publishers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An [http://oad.simmons.edu/oadwiki/Author_addenda author addendum] is one way for authors to request rights that a standard publishing contract does not otherwise allow. Hence, for policies of the kind we recommend, author addenda are unnecessary for the same reason that individual author-publisher negotiations are unnecessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* However, author addenda may be desirable anyway. An addendum can alert the publisher that the author&#039;s institution already possesses certain non-exclusive rights. This can prevent misunderstandings on each side. It can also prevent authors from signing publisher contracts which (without the addendum) are inconsistent with the university&#039;s OA policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* See the section on [[#Individualized writing|individualized writing]] above for the reasons why a well-implemented institutional OA policy would take priority over a later publishing contract inconsistent with the policy. Because the policy takes priority, authors who sign publishing contracts inconsistent with the policy may be unable to live up to those contracts and may expose themselves to liability for breach of contract. This risk is entirely eliminated by an addendum modifying the contract to conform to the terms of the institutional policy.&lt;br /&gt;
** On the other hand, there may be no risk to eliminate. Under some legal theories, a widely-known prior license would protect the author from a claim of breach of contract, even in the absence of an addendum. This is one more reason to publicize the university&#039;s OA policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Also see the entry below on [[#Working with publishers|working with publishers]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Multiple deposits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a faculty member deposits a paper in a non-institutional repository (e.g. arXiv, PubMed Central, SSRN), the institutional repository should harvest a copy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To avoid diluting the traffic numbers at the several repositories, all should comply with the (evolving) [http://www.jisc.ac.uk/whatwedo/programmes/pals3/pirus.aspx PIRUS] standards for sharing traffic data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a faculty member is subject to two OA policies (e.g. one from the institution and one from the funder), the institution should offer to make the deposit required by the funder. For example, most faculty at Harvard Medical School are subject to the NIH policy. If they deposit in the HMS repository, then HMS will insure that a copy is deposited in PubMed Central. If faculty think that an institutional policy will double their administrative burden, they will vote against it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dark deposits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Faculty should always deposit [[Drafting_a_policy#Deposited_version|suitable versions]] of new scholarly articles in the institutional repository. If they obtain a waiver for a given article, then the deposit will at least initially be &amp;quot;dark&amp;quot; (or non-OA). But the author should still deposit the manuscript. &lt;br /&gt;
** One reason for repositories to allow dark deposits is to support the message that faculty should always deposit their new work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a deposit is dark, at least the metadata should be OA. &lt;br /&gt;
** Another reason to allow dark deposits is to facilitate search indexing and discovery for work which, for one reason or another, cannot yet be made OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a deposit is only intended to be dark temporarily, for a known embargo period, then dark deposits should be set to open up automatically at the future date determined by the author decision or embargo period. Most repository software today supports this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If an author deposited a manuscript and obtained a waiver, then the institution does not have permission under the policy to make that manuscript OA. At least initially, that deposits must be dark. However, the repository may switch the manuscript to OA if it can obtain permission from another source, such as a standing policy of the publisher&#039;s to allow OA after a certain embargo period. See the entry on [[Drafting a policy#Waiver option|waiver options]]. Repositories should make dark deposits OA whenever they are legally allowed to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For seven reasons why repositories should allow dark deposits, see Stuart Shieber, [http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/pamphlet/2011/03/12/the-importance-of-dark-deposit/ The importance of dark deposit], &#039;&#039;The Occasional Pamphlet&#039;&#039;, March 12, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deposited versions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some authors will deposit the published version of an article instead of the [[Drafting_a_policy#Deposited_version|final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript]]. &lt;br /&gt;
** Some will mistakenly believe it is the version the policy asks them to deposit. Some will simply prefer it and demand to make it the OA version.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unless the [http://www.sherpa.ac.uk/romeo/PDFandIR.php?la=en publisher consents to the open distribution of the published version], then ask the author for the final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript. If the author can&#039;t find the right version or insists on depositing the published edition, make it a dark deposit and open it up if and when the repository can obtain permission to make it OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Repository indexing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The repository should be configured to support crawling by search engines. &lt;br /&gt;
** See for example the [http://www.jiscinfonet.ac.uk/infokits/repositories/technical-framework/search JISC InfoNet recommendations] and [http://support.google.com/webmasters/bin/answer.py?hl=en&amp;amp;answer=35769 Google Webmaster Guidelines].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Repository managers should check to see whether the contents are discoverable through major search engines, and follow-up any indexing failures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Repository withdrawals ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a publisher sends a reasonable take-down request to the repository, the repository should always comply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the author wishes to withdraw an article already on deposit (e.g. because it is mistaken, embarrassing, superseded by a newer version, etc.), then the repository should withdraw the article. The author can always obtain a waiver, and then the university would no longer have the rights to distribute it. That&#039;s a reason why repositories should always follow author wishes on distribution. In any case, experience suggests that authors rarely ask to withdraw their own articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Content beyond the policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution should welcome the deposit of types of scholarly content, above and beyond the type covered by the policy. For example, if the policy focuses on peer-reviewed manuscripts of journal articles, the repository should welcome deposit of other categories of scholarship as well, such as electronic theses and dissertations, books or book chapters, datasets, and digitized work from other media for which it has permission to provide OA. If the policy covers peer-reviewed manuscripts published after a certain date, it should welcome the deposit of peer-reviewed manuscripts completed or published before that date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the policy only gives the institution permission to make certain kinds of content OA, the repository should welcome dark deposits where it doesn&#039;t have permission for OA, and in those cases it should provide OA to the metadata.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Treaties with publishers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some publishers may concur with the policy so long as certain aspects are clarified concerning how the policy will be implemented. Providing such clarifications may be entirely reasonable, given that the policy language itself can&#039;t possibly cover all aspects of its implementation. For example, publishers may want to be sure that for manuscripts published in their journals the repository entry will include a complete citation and link to the published edition, or that the license will not be used to sell articles, or that the university will not distribute the publisher&#039;s version of the article. If the institution is comfortable with these clarifications (indeed, the clarifications in the treaty may well be aspects of implementation that the university was already committed to), it may make these explicit in return for an explicit statement of the publisher&#039;s cooperation with the policy, for instance, by not requiring waivers or addenda to publication agreements. These agreements may contain any provisions consistent with the policy and agreeable to both sides. (At Harvard they are called &amp;quot;treaties&amp;quot;.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We strongly recommend against treaties requiring universities to respect a given embargo period for all articles from a given journal or publisher. Such a treaty would essentially give the journal or publisher a blanket opt-out of a significant provision of the university OA policy, and violate the express interest of the faculty in adopting a policy to shift the default to immediate OA. &lt;br /&gt;
** However, when authors rather than publishers seek an embargo, and seek it case by case rather than for all articles from a certain journal or publisher, the policy can accommodate them. See the entry on [[Drafting a policy#Embargo option|embargo options]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Here&#039;s [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/sites/default/files/model-pub-agreement-090430.pdf an example of treaty language] used at Harvard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Learning the denominator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An institution can easily tell how many articles are on deposit in its repository. But it cannot easily tell how many articles ought to be on deposit. If it wants to calculate the deposit rate (the number deposited divided by the number that ought to be deposited), then it must find a way to ascertain the denominator. This is a critical piece of information in measuring the effectiveness of the policy and its implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some institutions ask faculty to submit an annual list of their publications. If so, the information should be shared with the repository managers. The raw list of publications is less helpful than one broken down by categories, such as books, journal articles, and so on. If the policy only covers journal articles (for example), then the relevant denominator is the number of journal articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working with publishers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* See the entry on [[#Author addenda|author addenda]]. A well-written author addendum can explain to publishers what rights the author has already assigned to the institution. Hence it can prevent authors from signing publishing contracts they cannot fulfill and prevent misunderstandings on all sides. However there are other ways to achieve some of the same goals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Publishers who normally require the transfer of exclusive rights, but who do not demand waivers from authors at your institution, can modify their publishing contracts to facilitate cooperation with the institution. For example, it would help both sides if publishers included a sentence like [http://scholars.sciencecommons.org/ this one from the Science Commons addendum]:  &amp;quot;Where applicable, Publisher acknowledges that Author&#039;s assignment of copyright or Author&#039;s grant of exclusive rights in the Publication Agreement is subject to Author&#039;s prior grant of a non-exclusive copyright license to Author&#039;s employing institution and/or to a funding entity that financially supported the research reflected in the Article as part of an agreement between Author or Author&#039;s employing institution and such funding entity, such as an agency of the United States government.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
** Such a clause would make addenda unnecessary for authors and publishers, and cost the publisher nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Return to the [[Good_practices_for_university_open-access_policies|table of contents]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shieber</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Drafting_a_policy&amp;diff=1452</id>
		<title>Drafting a policy</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Drafting_a_policy&amp;diff=1452"/>
		<updated>2012-08-15T13:55:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shieber: /* Statement of goals of the policy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* This is a section within the [[Guide to best practices for university open-access policies]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What a policy ideally achieves ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this document, we present our understanding of best practices for university open-access policies. Such policies build into standard university practice support for open access as a societal good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we discuss below, we prefer a policy of the sort now in place at many universities that provides for automatic default rights retention in scholarly articles and a comitment to provide copies of articles for open distribution. Policies of this sort have many benefits: they allow authors to retain extremely broad use and reuse rights with a minimum of effort; they allow universities to help authors in openly distributing articles for maximum impact; they allow other researchers and the general public to obtain broader access to articles; all while preserving academic freedom, author choice, and consistency with copyright and other law.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although we find this kind of policy preferable, alternative sorts of policies can also be effective, and we discuss them as well. Other kinds of policies we find counterproductive, and recommend avoiding them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Statement of goals of the policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy might open with some statement of the policy goals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is no &amp;quot;best practice&amp;quot; statement of the benefits of OA or the goals of promoting OA. But there are some mistakes to avoid.&lt;br /&gt;
** Don&#039;t say that the purpose of the policy is &amp;quot;only&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;solely&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;exclusively&amp;quot; to achieve one benefit of OA, or some particular list of benefits. Leave the door open to achieve all the benefits of OA, even if you are not ready to enumerate them all. &lt;br /&gt;
** See the entries below on [[#Licensing|licensing]] and [[#Transferring rights back to the author|transferring rights back to the author]]. Avoid language in the preamble that could inadvertently restrict the institution, authors, or users in making use works in the institutional repository. For example, avoid language that might be construed to bar text mining or derivative works, or to fall short of permitting them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Types of policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There are at least six ways for university OA policies to avoid copyright infringement:&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 1 --&amp;gt; The policy grants the institution certain non-exclusive rights to future research articles published by faculty. This sort of policy typically offers a waiver option or opt-out for authors. It also requires deposit in the repository.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 2 --&amp;gt; The policy requires faculty to retain certain non-exclusive rights when they publish future research articles. It also requires deposit in the repository.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 3 --&amp;gt; The policy seeks no rights at all. It requires dark deposit in the repository until the institution can obtain permission to make the work OA, for example, from a publisher policy to allow green OA after an embargo. &amp;lt;!-- If the institution never obtains permission for OA, then the dark deposit never becomes OA. However, the repository can provide OA to the metadata from the moment of deposit. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 4 --&amp;gt; The policy seeks no rights at all and does not require dark deposits. It requires repository deposit and OA, but only when the author&#039;s publisher permits them.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 5 --&amp;gt; The policy does not require OA in any sense, but merely requests or encourages it.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 6 --&amp;gt; The policy does not require OA in any sense, but asks faculty to &amp;quot;opt in&amp;quot; to a policy under which they are expected to deposit their work in the repository and authorize it to be OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We recommend type #1 in this guide. Most of the best practices collected here are about that sort of policy.&lt;br /&gt;
** When type #1 policies are politically unattainable on a certain campus, then we recommend #3. We put #1 ahead of #3 because it actually provides permission to make articles OA through the repository.&lt;br /&gt;
** When #1 and #3 are both politically unattainable on a certain campus, we recommend either a type #5 policy or waiting until the community is ready for a type #1 or #3 policy.&lt;br /&gt;
** We do not recommend #2 because it requires faculty to negotiate with publishers. That is difficult to do. Many faculty are intimidated by the prospect and will not to do it. Even if all tried it, some will succeed and some will fail. Some will get one set of rights and some will get another. That will make access uneven and multiply implementation headaches.&lt;br /&gt;
** We do not recommend #4 because it allows publishers to opt out at will.  Some institutions incorrectly believe that it&#039;s the only way to avoid copyright infringement. But all the policy types listed above avoid infringement.&lt;br /&gt;
** We do not recommend #6 because it is equivalent to no policy at all. Faculty may already opt in to the practice of self-archiving and OA. This sort of policy differs little from #5 except by leaving the impression that asking faculty to opt in to an OA policy is somehow different from requesting or encouraging OA itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grant of rights to the institution ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should be worded so that the the act of adopting it is the same as the act of granting the university certain non-exclusive rights. It should not merely ask, encourage, or require faculty to retain certain rights in the future, when they sign publishing agreements. For example, it should say &amp;quot;Each faculty member grants...&amp;quot;, not &amp;quot;Each faculty member will grant....&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By granting the rights at the time the policy is adopted, in advance of future publications, the policy makes it unnecessary for faculty to negotiate with publishers. It secures the rights even when faculty fail to request them. It secures the same rights for every faculty member, not just the rights that a given faculty member may succeed in obtaining from a given publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deposit in the repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should require deposit in the institutional repository. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The waiver option should apply only to the grant of rights, not to deposit in the repository. (More under [[#Waiver option|waivers]] below.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy needn&#039;t require faculty to make deposits themselves. The deposits may be made by others (such as student workers) on behalf of faculty, provided that faculty make the appropriate versions of their articles available for deposit. &lt;br /&gt;
** For simplicity in what follows, we will refer to depositors as faculty, but will mean to include others acting on behalf of faculty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deposited version ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should specify that the deposited version should be the final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript, not the published edition. The final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript contains the text approved by peer review. It should also include all the charts, graphics, and illustrations which the author has permission to deposit. It may include post-review copy-editing done collaboratively between author and journal. It need not include any post-review copy editing done unilaterally by the journal, the journal&#039;s pagination, or the journal&#039;s look and feel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Deposit of the published version is encouraged when the author has permission. All OA journals should give permission for this, although some will not. Few TA journals will give permission for this. A listing is provided by [http://www.sherpa.ac.uk/romeo/PDFandIR.php?la=en Sherpa ROMeO].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Journals, at their choice, should be allowed to replace the final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript with the published version. Some journals will make this substitution to prevent multiple versions from circulating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deposit timing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should require faculty to deposit their peer-reviewed manuscripts at the time of acceptance for publication, or no later than the date of publication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the policy respects an embargo decision (from the author or publisher), the deposit should still be made between the time of acceptance and the time of publication. But in that case, it will be a &#039;&#039;dark deposit&#039;&#039; until the embargo period expires.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Waiver option ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should make clear that the institution will always grant waivers, no questions asked.  Faculty needn&#039;t meet a burden of proof or offer a justification which might be accepted or rejected. To prevent needless fear or confusion on this point, the policy should refer to &amp;quot;obtaining&amp;quot; a waiver or &amp;quot;directing&amp;quot; that a waiver be granted rather than &amp;quot;requesting&amp;quot; a waiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The waiver option should apply only to the grant of rights to the institution (also called the license or the permission), not to the deposit in the repository. Faculty should deposit their articles even if they obtain waivers; these would be dark deposits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Faculty who want waivers for separate publications should obtain separate waivers. Institutions should not offer &amp;quot;standing waivers&amp;quot; that apply to all future publications from a given faculty member. Standing waivers would defeat the purpose of shifting the default to permission for OA. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A waiver for a particular article means that the institution does not receive the policy&#039;s usual bundle of non-exclusive rights for that article. Hence, for that article the university will not have permission from the policy to make a copy OA. But the university may have permission from another source, such as the author (who may have retained rights from the publisher), to make a copy OA. For example, if the publisher allows green OA six months after publication, then the university will eventually have OA permission even if it doesn&#039;t have OA permission under the policy. If the university has a copy of the article on dark deposit in the repository, then it may make the repository copy OA as soon as the publisher allows. Hence, the waiver provision of the policy should not promise that the university will never make a copy OA. On the contrary, the policy might say that the university will make faculty work OA whenever it has permission to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scope of coverage, by content category ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should specify what categories of content are covered by the license and deposit aspects. In particular, scholarly articles (the kinds of writings typically published in peer-reviewed journals and conference proceedings) should be covered, but non-scholarly writings (op-ed pieces, popular articles) and scholarly writings that receive monetary compensation (textbooks, monographs) should not be covered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Just because such works are not covered by the policy doesn&#039;t mean that they cannot be placed in a repository and openly distributed, however. In fact, the policy can encourage deposit of other kinds of materials that are outside the scope of the license and deposit requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scope of coverage, by time ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Neither the grant of rights nor the deposit requirement should be retroactive. But again the policy might encourage deposit of works published prior to the adoption of the policy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring rights back to the author ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The kind of policy we recommend here not only provides rights to the institution, but allows the institution to transfer those rights to others. Here&#039;s the key language: &amp;quot;More speciﬁcally, each Faculty member grants to [university name] a nonexclusive, irrevocable, worldwide license to exercise any and all rights under copyright relating to each of his or her scholarly articles...provided that the articles are not sold for a proﬁt, and to authorize others to do the same.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The primary purpose of this language is to allow the institution to &#039;&#039;transfer rights back to the author&#039;&#039;. The effect is that authors retain (or regain) rights to their work, including rights that they transferred away in their publishing contracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For this reason, the rights transferred to the institution should be as broad as possible, so that the author thereby retains the broadest possible rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [SMS - tbd: also talk about university being able to transfer more limited rights through ToU.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring rights to others ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The kind of policy we recommend here also allows institutions to put open licenses on works deposited under the policy. But institutions need not take advantage of those rights, or need not do so right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harvard does not put open licenses on individual deposits. But its [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/dash/termsofuse terms of use] function as an open license for all deposits. [move to implementation and rework]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should include a provision giving a certain committee or unit responsibility for implementing the policy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A policy is more likely to pass if it only says what it has to say. Other details can be left to the committee charged with implementing the policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Separating the issues ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A university with a green OA policy may (and we think, should) also launch a fund to help faculty pay publication fees at fee-based OA journals. But the green OA policy should make clear that it is separate from the journal fund. Otherwise faculty may think that the policy itself requires faculty to submit new work to OA journals (a common and harmful misunderstanding).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A university requiring green OA may also encourage gold OA. But it should be careful about doing both the same document. Where it has been tried, faculty too easily come to believe that the policy requires gold OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some other recommendations on separating the issues are included in the section on [[Adopting a policy]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shieber</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Talking_about_a_policy&amp;diff=1451</id>
		<title>Talking about a policy</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Talking_about_a_policy&amp;diff=1451"/>
		<updated>2012-08-15T13:54:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shieber: /* &amp;quot;Opt-out&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;opt-in&amp;quot; */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* This is a section within the [[Guide to best practices for university open-access policies]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Academic freedom ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some faculty object that a draft OA policy infringes their academic freedom. &lt;br /&gt;
** If they object that it will limit their freedom to submit new work to the journals of their choice, then they are mistaking the green policy for a gold policy. They are mistaking a policy about depositing in an OA repository for a policy about submitting to OA journals. To avoid this mistake and the groundless objections it triggers, make sure that faculty understand the difference between requiring deposit in a certain kind of repository and requiring submission to a certain kind of journal, and make sure they understand that this policy does the former and not the latter. Be explicit in reassuring faculty that they remain free to submit their work to the journals of their choice.&lt;br /&gt;
** If they object that some journals will not allow OA on the university&#039;s terms, and that faculty will be effectively barred from publishing in those journals, then they are forgetting about the waiver option. Faculty may submit their work to such a journal; if it is accepted, faculty may publish in that journal simply by obtaining a waiver, which the university will always grant, no questions asked. In fact, allowing this is the primary rationale for including the waiver option in the policy. Be explicit in reassuring faculty that they remain free to submit work to the journals of their choice and remain free to decide for or against OA for each of their publications.&lt;br /&gt;
** If they object that it will diminish their rights or control over their work, then they don&#039;t understand the rights-retention aspect of the policy, the terms of standard publishing contracts, or both. Authors sign away most of their rights under standard publishing contracts. In fact, increasing author rights and control is the primary rationale of a rights-retention OA policy. Be explicit in reassuring them that they have more rights and control over their work under this policy than under a standard publishing agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
** If they object that it will give the university ownership of their work, then they don&#039;t understand non-exclusive rights, the terms of standard publishing contracts, or both. The policy grants no exclusive rights to the institution, only non-exclusive rights. By contrast, faculty routinely grant exclusive rights to publishers through standard publishing agreements. &lt;br /&gt;
** If they object that they will be subject to a new form of coercion, then they are overlooking the waiver option, misinterpreting the word &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot;, or both. If this kind of policy is called a &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot;, it&#039;s only because the policy is stronger than a request or encouragement. But it&#039;s not a mandate in any other sense, since faculty retain the freedom to decide for or against OA for every one of their publications. Where the word &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot; may be a problem, don&#039;t use the word, and where the word is already causing problems, help faculty focus on the terms of the policy rather than the implications of a very imperfect label for the policy. (More under [[#&amp;quot;Mandate&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;Mandate&amp;quot;]] below.)&lt;br /&gt;
** These objections are especially common on campuses where faculty distrust of administrators runs high. Sometimes faculty do understand the green/gold distinction, the waiver option, rights-retention, and non-exclusive rights. But when they distrust administrators, they often see a draft OA policy as an attempted power grab by the administration. When this is a risk, be especially clear on the points above (the green/gold distinction, the waiver option, rights-retention, and non-exclusive rights), but also be clear on the fact that the policy is a faculty initiative. It is drafted by faculty and will be voted upon by faculty. Be clear that it enhances author prerogatives (control over their work and distribution channels for their work), while preserving their freedom to decide for or against OA and submit their work to the journals of their choice, and that is why so many OA policies have been approved by [http://oad.simmons.edu/oadwiki/Unanimous_faculty_votes unanimous faculty votes].&lt;br /&gt;
** At schools where faculty worry that administrators may claim control over faculty publications under the work-for-hire doctrine, it helps to point out that the kind of policy recommended here reaffirms that these rights belong to faculty. Through the policy, faculty grant (non-exclusive) rights to the institution, and this would not be possible if the rights did not belong to faculty. The policy could be construed as a way to deny work-for-hire and then to grant the institution non-exclusive rights for faculty benefit on faculty terms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;quot;Compliance&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harvard-style policies have three components: permission, waivers, and  deposits. On the first component (permissions), compliance reaches 100% as soon as the policy is adopted. On the second component (waivers), campus leaders should acknowledge that faculty who obtain waivers are still complying with the policy. They are not violating the letter or spirit of the policy. The policy deliberately accommodates those who need or want waivers. The third component (deposits) often requires education, assistance, and incentives. But even though the deposit rate generally starts low and grows slowly, and occupies most of the attention of those charged with implementing a policy, it doesn&#039;t follow that the deposit rate is the only component of the compliance rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;quot;Institutional repository&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* University OA policies generally require deposit in the institutional repository, and we recommend that practice. In this sense, an institutional repository tries to gather the research output of an institution, as opposed to a central, subject, or disciplinary repository, which tries to gather the research output of a field. When we&#039;re discussing different kinds of repository, &amp;quot;institutional repository&amp;quot; is unambiguous and unfrightening.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* However, many faculty do not realize that institutional repositories are indexed by major (academic and non-academic) search engines, and are interoperable with other repositories. Many faculty think that an institutional repository is a walled garden or a silo of content only visible to people who know the repository exists and take the trouble to make a special visit and run a special search. In addition, most faculty identify more with their field than their institution. Hence, when we&#039;re discussing the terms of a university OA policy, the term &amp;quot;institutional repository&amp;quot; may reinforce these false belief that the deposited works are institution-bound, invisible, and provincially identified with an institution more than with the author or topic. In discussing university OA policies, then, it may be better to emphasize the sense which institutional repositories are OA, open for indexing by any search engine, and interoperable with other repositories. They do not wall off content into institutional silos but openly distribute content using institutional resources. They are designed to expose content to searchers, and most readers will find the repository&#039;s content through cross-repository searches than through local searches or browsing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;quot;Mandate&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the word &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot; suggests commands or coercion incompatible with academic freedom, then avoid it. The policy recommended here is not implemented through commands or coercion. First, it is self-imposed by faculty vote. Second, it contains a waiver option and merely shifts the default. It would be a mistake to let the understandable desire to avoid the ugly implications of the word &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot; lead faculty to defeat a policy that was not a mandate in the ugly sense. The kind of policy recommended here preserves faculty freedom to choose for or against OA for every publication.&lt;br /&gt;
** On the other hand, the policy recommended here is considerably stronger than a mere request or encouragement. The chief rationale for the word &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot; is that English doesn&#039;t seem to give us better options for a policy that goes well beyond requests and encouragement and yet stops short of commands and coercion. (If you have a better alternative, please come forward!) &lt;br /&gt;
** For more detail, see Peter Suber, &#039;&#039;Open Access&#039;&#039;, MIT Press, 2012, Section 4.2, &amp;quot;Digression on the word &#039;Mandate&#039;,&amp;quot; pp. 86-90.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;quot;Opt-out&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;opt-in&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A waiver option creates an &amp;quot;opt-out&amp;quot; policy. In that sense it &amp;quot;shifts the default&amp;quot; from lack of permission for OA to permission for OA. After a rights-retention policy is adopted, faculty who don&#039;t lift a finger are granting the institution permission to make their future work OA; if they want a different outcome, they must lift a finger and obtain a waiver. The fact that the policy merely shifts the default, and still allows an opt-out or waiver, means that it is not a &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot; in at least one common sense of the term. The word &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot; may suggest a kind of requirement deliberately omitted from the policy. (On the other side, the policy is considerably stronger than a mere request or encouragement, and English has few words other than &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot; to describe such a policy.) The waiver option or opt-out means that faculty remain free to choose for or against OA for each of their publications. The default shift means that most faculty most of the time will choose for OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some institutions adopt what they call &amp;quot;opt-in&amp;quot; policies. But in effect the institution already had an opt-in policy and didn&#039;t need to adopt a policy to give the faculty the right to opt in to OA. In that sense, the opposite of an &amp;quot;opt-out&amp;quot; policy is not an &amp;quot;opt-in&amp;quot; policy, but a no-waiver policy (which is stronger) or a non-policy (which is weaker).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;quot;Waivers&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The university should make works in the repository OA whenever it has permission to do so. The policy is one source of permission. When a faculty member obtains a waiver for a given article, then the university does not have OA permission from the policy for that article. But if the university has permission from another source, such as the publisher, then it doesn&#039;t need permission from the policy. A waiver of the license or permission under the university policy doesn&#039;t waive the license or permission that the university may have from the publisher. Hence, no one should talk about waivers as if they flatly block OA permission for a given work. They only block OA permission from the policy, not from other sources such as the publisher. In fact, the policy proponents should be explicit that the institution will make deposited work OA whenever it has permission to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
** Some faculty will overlook or misinterpret the waiver option and object that the policy limits their options and infringes their academic freedom. (We respond to this objection above.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Some faculty who are strong proponents of OA will raise the opposite objection, and argue that the waiver option should be deleted. They worry that it will gut the policy. They believe the waiver rate will be high --say, 40% 60% or 80%-- when the experience at every school with a waiver option is that the waiver rate is low. At Harvard it is below 5% and at MIT it&#039;s below 2%. Moreover, removing the waiver option will make it impossible to answer certain objections based on academic freedom. Not only could an unwaivable policy infringe academic freedom, it could fail to muster the votes needed to pass. Those pushing too hard too fast for an unwaivable OA policy may get no policy at all and make the perfect an enemy of the good. Lesson: don&#039;t underestimate the ways in which shifting the default can change behavior on a large scale.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shieber</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Implementing_a_policy&amp;diff=1416</id>
		<title>Implementing a policy</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Implementing_a_policy&amp;diff=1416"/>
		<updated>2012-08-14T17:16:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shieber: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* This is a section within [[Best practices for university OA policies]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Launching a repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution must have an institutional repository, or participate in a consortial repository. Most schools launch a repository before adopting a policy to fill it, but some do it the other way around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Individualized writing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Institutions implementing the kind of policy recommended here will want the policy to prevail over a later publishing contract inconsistent with the policy. Arguably, merely passing the policy will attain that goal. However, to make it even clearer, both practically and legally, that the policy license survives any later transfer, US institutions should get authors to sign a &amp;quot;written instrument&amp;quot; affirming the policy. &lt;br /&gt;
** Here&#039;s why: Under US copyright law ([http://codes.lp.findlaw.com/uscode/17/2/205 17 USC 205.e]) a &amp;quot;nonexclusive license...prevails over a conflicting transfer of copyright ownership if the license is evidenced by a written instrument signed by the owner of the rights licensed or such owner&#039;s duly authorized agent.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
** This provision doesn&#039;t say that in the absence of a written instrument, the nonexclusive license will &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; prevail over a later contract inconsistent with the policy. A university might take the position that the nonexclusive license in the policy will prevail in any case, and will probably never have to test its position in court. But to be safe, it&#039;s best to get a written affirmation of the grant of rights (or license) as specified by 17 USC 205.e.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harvard uses several methods to get the written affirmation of the policy. When faculty deposit their own articles, a dialog box in the deposit process asks them to affirm the grant of rights (the license) in the policy. When someone else (an administrative assistant or the OSC) deposits articles on their behalf, the faculty member must first have signed a one-time &#039;&#039;assistance authorization form&#039;&#039; containing an affirmation of the grant of rights. Thus, whatever route an article takes into the repository, an affirmation of the license is obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** Harvard&#039;s language for the affirmation of the license is: &amp;quot;if I am a member of a Harvard Faculty or School that has adopted an open access policy found at http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/, this confirms my grant to Harvard of a non-exclusive license with respect to my scholarly articles as set forth in that policy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Facilitating waivers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution should create a web form through which faculty can obtain waivers. This not only streamlines bookkeeping, but proves to faculty that the process is easy and automatic. Harvard can share code for such a web form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some publishers may require faculty to obtain a waiver as a condition of publication. Institutions need not try to prevent this. Accommodating these publisher policies proves that publishers have the means to protect themselves, if they choose to use them, and that fact makes it unnecessary for faculty to protect or &amp;quot;paternalize&amp;quot; their favorite publishers (e.g. society publishers) by refusing to vote for a policy. On the other hand, the institution may want to talk with publishers who take this position, to see whether they can work out an accommodation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** [SMS - Discussion of &amp;quot;treaties.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Author addenda ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Because the policy already grants the institution the rights needed for OA, faculty need not obtain those rights from publishers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An [http://oad.simmons.edu/oadwiki/Author_addenda author addendum] is one way for authors to request rights that a standard publishing contract does not otherwise allow. Hence, for policies of the kind we recommend, author addenda are unnecessary for the same reason that individual author-publisher negotiations are unnecessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* However, author addenda may be desirable anyway. An addendum can alert the publisher that the author&#039;s institution already possesses certain non-exclusive rights. This can prevent misunderstandings on each side. It can also prevent authors from signing publisher contracts which (without the addendum) are inconsistent with the university&#039;s OA policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* See the section on [[#Individualized writing|individualized writing]] above for the reasons why a well-implemented institutional OA policy would take priority over a later publishing contract inconsistent with the policy. Because the policy takes priority, authors who sign publishing contracts inconsistent with the policy may be unable to live up to those contracts and may expose themselves to liability for breach of contract. This risk is entirely eliminated by an addendum modifying the contract to conform to the terms of the institutional policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- to prevent misunderstandings on either side, and to protect authors from liability for contract infringement (not copyright infringement), we recommend that faculty submit a Harvard-written addendum to the publisher&#039;s agreement explaining the rights already granted to Harvard. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On the other hand, there are legal theories under which even in the absence of an addendum an author would not be subject to a claim of breach of contract merely by virtue of the existence of a widely known prior license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Multiple deposits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a faculty member deposits a paper in a non-institutional repository (e.g. arXiv, PubMed Central, SSRN), the repository should harvest a copy. To avoid diluting the traffic numbers at the several repositories, all should comply with the (evolving) [http://www.jisc.ac.uk/whatwedo/programmes/pals3/pirus.aspx PIRUS] standards for sharing traffic data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a faculty member is subject to two OA policies (e.g. one from the institution and one from the funder), the institution should offer to make the deposit required by the funder. For example, most faculty at Harvard Medical School are subject to the NIH policy; if they deposit in the HMS repository, then HMS will insure that a copy is deposited in PubMed Central. If faculty think that an institutional policy will double their administrative burden, they will vote against it; the institution should make clear that a local policy will actually reduce their burden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dark deposits ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a deposit is dark (not yet OA), at least the metadata should be OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the repository software will support it, dark deposits should be set to open up automatically at the future date determined by the author decision or embargo period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If an author deposited a manuscript and obtained a waiver, then the institution does not have permission to make it OA &#039;&#039;under the policy&#039;&#039;. But the repository should make the manuscript OA if it can obtain permission from another source, such as a standing policy of the publisher&#039;s to allow OA after a certain embargo period. See [[Drafting a policy#Waiver option]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deposited versions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some authors will deposit the published version. (Sometimes they will mistakenly believe it is the version they ought to deposit; sometimes they will simply prefer it and demand to make it the OA version.) In this case, ask the author for the final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript. If the author can&#039;t find the right version or insists on depositing the published edition, make it a dark deposit and open it up in the future when you have permission from another source, such as the publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Repository indexing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The repository should be configured to support crawling by search engines. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Repository managers should check to see whether the contents are discoverable through major search engines, and follow-up any indexing failures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Repository withdrawals ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a publisher sends a reasonable take-down request to the repository, the repository should always comply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the author wishes to withdraw an article already on deposit (e.g. because it is mistaken, embarrassing, superseded by a newer version, etc.), then the repository should withdraw the article. The author can always obtain a waiver, and then the university would no longer have the rights to distribute it. That&#039;s a reason why repositories should always follow author wishes on distribution. In any case, experience shows that authors seldom ask to withdraw their own articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Content beyond the policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution should welcome the deposit of types of scholarly content, above and beyond the type covered by the policy. For example, if the policy focuses on peer-reviewed manuscripts of journal articles, the repository should welcome deposit of other categories of scholarship as well, such as electronic theses and dissertations, books or book chapters, datasets, and digitized work from other media for which it has permission to provide OA. If the policy covers peer-reviewed manuscripts published after a certain date, it should welcome the deposit of peer-reviewed manuscripts completed or published before that date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the policy only gives the institution permission to make certain kinds of content OA, the repository should welcome dark deposits where it doesn&#039;t have permission for OA, and in those cases it should provide OA to the metadata.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Treaties with publishers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some publishers may request certain dispensations, for example, that manuscripts published in their journals include a complete citation and link to the published edition. If the institution is comfortable acceding to the request, then it may ask something in return, for example, that authors will not need to obtain waivers or attach addenda. These agreements may contain any provisions consistent with the policy and agreeable to both sides. (At Harvard they are called &amp;quot;treaties&amp;quot;.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Treaties that require the repository to accede to a publisher&#039;s embargo should not be entered into. Such treaties amount to a publisher one-time opt-out of the university OA policy, and as such violate the express interest of the faculty in voting the policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harvard provides [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/sites/default/files/model-pub-agreement-090430.pdf an example of treaty language] that it has used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Learning the denominator ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An institution can easily tell how many articles are on deposit in its repository. But it cannot easily tell how many articles ought to be on deposit. If it wants to calculate the deposit rate (number deposited divided by number that ought to be deposited), then it must find a way to ascertain the denominator. This is a critical piece of information in measuring the effectiveness of the policy and its implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some institutions ask faculty to submit an annual list of their publications. If so, the information should be shared with the repository managers. The raw list of publications is less helpful than one broken down by categories, such as books, journal articles, and so on. If the policy only covers journal articles (for example), then the relevant denominator is the number of journal articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working with publishers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* See the entry on author addenda. A well-written author addendum can explain to publishers what rights the author has already assigned to the institution. Hence it can prevent authors from signing publishing contracts they cannot fulfill, prevent misunderstandings on all sides, and prevent needless antagonism. However there are some other ways to achieve some of the same goals.&lt;br /&gt;
** Publishers who normally require transfer of exclusive rights, but who do not demand waivers from authors at your institution, can modify their publishing contracts to facilitate cooperation with the institution. For example, it would help both sides if publishers included a clause to this effect, for instance, [http://scholars.sciencecommons.org/ this sentence from the Science Commons addenda]:  &amp;quot;Where applicable, Publisher acknowledges that Author&#039;s assignment of copyright or Author&#039;s grant of exclusive rights in the Publication Agreement is subject to Author&#039;s prior grant of a non-exclusive copyright license to Author&#039;s employing institution and/or to a funding entity that financially supported the research reflected in the Article as part of an agreement between Author or Author&#039;s employing institution and such funding entity, such as an agency of the United States government.&amp;quot; Such a clause would make addenda unnecessary for authors and publishers, and would cost the publisher nothing.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shieber</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Drafting_a_policy&amp;diff=1412</id>
		<title>Drafting a policy</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Drafting_a_policy&amp;diff=1412"/>
		<updated>2012-08-14T16:45:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shieber: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* This is a section within [[Best practices for university OA policies]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What a policy ideally achieves ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this document, we present our understanding of best practices for university open-access policies. Such policies build into standard university practice support for open access as a societal good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we discuss below, we prefer a policy of the sort now in place at many universities that provides for automatic default rights retention in scholarly articles and a comitment to provide copies of articles for open distribution. Policies of this sort have many benefits: they allow authors to retain extremely broad use and reuse rights with a minimum of effort; they allow universities to help authors in openly distributing articles for maximum impact; they allow other researchers and the general public to obtain broader access to articles; all while preserving academic freedom, author choice, and consistency with copyright and other law.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although we find this kind of policy preferable, alternative sorts of policies can also be effective, and we discuss them as well. Other kinds of policies we find counterproductive, and recommend avoiding them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Statement of goals of the policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should open with some statement of the policy goals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There is no &amp;quot;best practice&amp;quot; statement of the benefits of OA or the goals of promoting OA. But there are some mistakes to avoid.&lt;br /&gt;
** Don&#039;t say that the purpose of the policy is &amp;quot;only&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;solely&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;exclusively&amp;quot; to achieve one benefit of OA, or some particular list of benefits. Leave the door open to achieve all the benefits of OA, even if you are not ready to enumerate them all. &lt;br /&gt;
** See the entries below on [[#Licensing|licensing]] and [[#Transferring rights back to the author|transferring rights back to the author]]. Avoid language in the preamble that could inadvertently restrict the institution, authors, or users in making use works in the institutional repository. For example, avoid language that might be construed to bar text mining or derivative works, or to fall short of permitting them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Types of policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There are at least six ways for university OA policies to avoid copyright infringement:&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 1 --&amp;gt; The policy grants the institution certain non-exclusive rights to future research articles published by faculty. This sort of policy typically offers a waiver option or opt-out for authors. It also requires deposit in the repository.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 2 --&amp;gt; The policy requires faculty to retain certain non-exclusive rights when they publish future research articles. It also requires deposit in the repository.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 3 --&amp;gt; The policy seeks no rights at all. It requires dark deposit in the repository until the institution can obtain permission to make the work OA, for example, from a publisher policy to allow green OA after an embargo. &amp;lt;!-- If the institution never obtains permission for OA, then the dark deposit never becomes OA. However, the repository can provide OA to the metadata from the moment of deposit. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 4 --&amp;gt; The policy seeks no rights at all and does not require dark deposits. It requires repository deposit and OA, but only when the author&#039;s publisher permits them.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 5 --&amp;gt; The policy does not require OA in any sense, but merely requests or encourages it.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 6 --&amp;gt; The policy does not require OA in any sense, but asks faculty to &amp;quot;opt in&amp;quot; to a policy under which they are expected to deposit their work in the repository and authorize it to be OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We recommend type #1 in this guide. Most of the best practices collected here are about that sort of policy.&lt;br /&gt;
** When type #1 policies are politically unattainable on a certain campus, then we recommend #3. We put #1 ahead of #3 because it actually provides permission to make articles OA through the repository.&lt;br /&gt;
** When #1 and #3 are both politically unattainable on a certain campus, we recommend either a type #5 policy or waiting until the community is ready for a type #1 or #3 policy.&lt;br /&gt;
** We do not recommend #2 because it requires faculty to negotiate with publishers. That is difficult to do. Many faculty are intimidated by the prospect and will not to do it. Even if all tried it, some will succeed and some will fail. Some will get one set of rights and some will get another. That will make access uneven and multiply implementation headaches.&lt;br /&gt;
** We do not recommend #4 because it allows publishers to opt out at will.  Some institutions incorrectly believe that it&#039;s the only way to avoid copyright infringement. But all the policy types listed above avoid infringement.&lt;br /&gt;
** We do not recommend #6 because it is equivalent to no policy at all. Faculty may already opt in to the practice of self-archiving and OA. This sort of policy differs little from #5 except by leaving the impression that asking faculty to opt in to an OA policy is somehow different from requesting or encouraging OA itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grant of rights to the institution ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should be worded so that the the act of adopting it is the same as the act of granting the university certain non-exclusive rights. It should not merely ask, encourage, or require faculty to retain certain rights in the future, when they sign publishing agreements. For example, it should say &amp;quot;Each faculty member grants...&amp;quot;, not &amp;quot;Each faculty member will grant....&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By granting the rights at the time the policy is adopted, in advance of future publications, the policy makes it unnecessary for faculty to negotiate with publishers. It secures the rights even when faculty fail to request them. It secures the same rights for every faculty member, not just the rights that a given faculty member may succeed in obtaining from a given publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deposit in the repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should require deposit in the institutional repository. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The waiver option should apply only to the grant of rights, not to deposit in the repository. (More under [[#Waiver option|waivers]] below.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy needn&#039;t require faculty to make deposits themselves. The deposits may be made by others (such as student workers) on behalf of faculty, provided that faculty make the appropriate versions of their articles available for deposit. &lt;br /&gt;
** For simplicity in what follows, we will refer to depositors as faculty, but will mean to include others acting on behalf of faculty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deposited version ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should specify that the deposited version should be the final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript, not the published edition. The final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript contains the text approved by peer review. It should also include all the charts, graphics, and illustrations which the author has permission to deposit. It may include post-review copy-editing done collaboratively between author and journal. It need not include any post-review copy editing done unilaterally by the journal, the journal&#039;s pagination, or the journal&#039;s look and feel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Deposit of the published version is encouraged when the author has permission. All OA journals should give permission for this, although some will not. Few TA journals will give permission for this. A listing is provided by [http://www.sherpa.ac.uk/romeo/PDFandIR.php?la=en Sherpa ROMeO].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Journals, at their choice, should be allowed to replace the final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript with the published version. Some journals will make this substitution to prevent multiple versions from circulating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deposit timing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should require faculty to deposit their peer-reviewed manuscripts at the time of acceptance for publication, or no later than the date of publication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the policy respects an embargo decision (from the author or publisher), the deposit should still be made between the time of acceptance and the time of publication. But in that case, it will be a &#039;&#039;dark deposit&#039;&#039; until the embargo period expires.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Waiver option ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should make clear that the institution will always grant waivers, no questions asked.  Faculty needn&#039;t meet a burden of proof or offer a justification which might be accepted or rejected. To prevent needless fear or confusion on this point, the policy should refer to &amp;quot;obtaining&amp;quot; a waiver or &amp;quot;directing&amp;quot; that a waiver be granted rather than &amp;quot;requesting&amp;quot; a waiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The waiver option should apply only to the grant of rights to the institution (also called the license or the permission), not to the deposit in the repository. Faculty should deposit their articles even if they obtain waivers; these would be dark deposits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Faculty who want waivers for separate publications should obtain separate waivers. Institutions should not offer &amp;quot;standing waivers&amp;quot; that apply to all future publications from a given faculty member. Standing waivers would defeat the purpose of shifting the default to permission for OA. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A waiver for a particular article means that the institution does not receive the policy&#039;s usual bundle of non-exclusive rights for that article. Hence, for that article the university will not have permission from the policy to make a copy OA. But the university may have permission from another source, such as the author (who may have retained rights from the publisher), to make a copy OA. For example, if the publisher allows green OA six months after publication, then the university will eventually have OA permission even if it doesn&#039;t have OA permission under the policy. If the university has a copy of the article on dark deposit in the repository, then it may make the repository copy OA as soon as the publisher allows. Hence, the waiver provision of the policy should not promise that the university will never make a copy OA. On the contrary, the policy might say that the university will make faculty work OA whenever it has permission to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scope of coverage, by content category ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should specify what categories of content are covered by the license and deposit aspects. In particular, scholarly articles (the kinds of writings typically published in peer-reviewed journals and conference proceedings) should be covered, but non-scholarly writings (op-ed pieces, popular articles) and scholarly writings that receive monetary compensation (textbooks, monographs) should not be covered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Just because such works are not covered by the policy doesn&#039;t mean that they cannot be placed in a repository and openly distributed, however. In fact, the policy can encourage deposit of other kinds of materials that are outside the scope of the license and deposit requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Scope of coverage, by time ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Neither the grant of rights nor the deposit requirement should be retroactive. But again the policy might encourage deposit of works published prior to the adoption of the policy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring rights back to the author ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The kind of policy we recommend here not only provides rights to the institution, but allows the institution to transfer those rights to others. Here&#039;s the key language: &amp;quot;More speciﬁcally, each Faculty member grants to [university name] a nonexclusive, irrevocable, worldwide license to exercise any and all rights under copyright relating to each of his or her scholarly articles...provided that the articles are not sold for a proﬁt, and to authorize others to do the same.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The primary purpose of this language is to allow the institution to &#039;&#039;transfer rights back to the author&#039;&#039;. The effect is that authors retain (or regain) rights to their work, including rights that they transferred away in their publishing contracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For this reason, the rights transferred to the institution should be as broad as possible, so that the author thereby retains the broadest possible rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [SMS - tbd: also talk about university being able to transfer more limited rights through ToU.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring rights to others ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The kind of policy we recommend here also allows institutions to put open licenses on works deposited under the policy. But institutions need not take advantage of those rights, or need not do so right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harvard does not put open licenses on individual deposits. But its [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/dash/termsofuse terms of use] function as an open license for all deposits. [move to implementation and rework]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should include a provision giving a certain committee or unit responsibility for implementing the policy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A policy is more likely to pass if it only says what it has to say. Other details can be left to the committee charged with implementing the policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Separating the issues ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A university with a green OA policy may (and we think, should) also launch a fund to help faculty pay publication fees at fee-based OA journals. But the green OA policy should make clear that it is separate from the journal fund. Otherwise faculty may think that the policy itself requires faculty to submit new work to OA journals (a common and harmful misunderstanding).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A university requiring green OA may also encourage gold OA. But it should be careful about doing both the same document. Where it has been tried, faculty too easily come to believe that the policy requires gold OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some other recommendations on separating the issues are included in the section on [[Adopting a policy]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shieber</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Best_practices_for_university_OA_policies&amp;diff=762</id>
		<title>Best practices for university OA policies</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Best_practices_for_university_OA_policies&amp;diff=762"/>
		<updated>2012-06-04T14:57:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shieber: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* This is a guide to best practices for university OA policies.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The doc is far from complete. All the entries to date are tentative. Some are very unpolished. Undecided questions are marked with three slashes (///).&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Currently the doc is private in the sense that no web pages deliberately link to it.  However, I believe that some pages automatically created by the wiki software will link to it.  Is that private enough for our purposes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Incorporate ideas and language from these docs:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Harvard&#039;s annotated [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/modelpolicy Model OA Policy]&lt;br /&gt;
** Harvard&#039;s guidelines and FAQs&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/authors/policy_guide for authors]&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/publishers for publishers]&lt;br /&gt;
** the [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/dash/termsofuse DASH terms of use], which make DASH deposits libre OA&lt;br /&gt;
** PS article on [http://www.earlham.edu/~peters/fos/newsletter/02-02-09.htm#choicepoints OA policy options for funding agencies and universities]&lt;br /&gt;
** Alma Swan&#039;s [http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0021/002158/215863e.pdf Policy Guidelines for the Development and Promotion of Open Access], UNESCO, March 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
** the recommendations in the BOAI-10 doc&lt;br /&gt;
** SPARC [http://www.arl.org/sparc/bm~doc/sparc_boycott_next_steps.pdf guide for campus action]&lt;br /&gt;
** Emily Kilcer is researching recommendations for encouraging or incentivizing repository deposits; see the section below on [[#Filling the repository|filling a repository]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;To do list&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Delete these notes to ourselves. Replace them with a preface for the public.&lt;br /&gt;
** Find and remove all cases of the three slashes (///).&lt;br /&gt;
** Elaborate each entry with some rationale, including (as far as possible) links to literature and evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
** Decide whether to make all or some of it public.&lt;br /&gt;
** Decide whether it&#039;s too large for one page. Should we break it into separate wiki pages, e.g. on drafting, adopting, implementing, and talking? It would help to decide this soon so that we can cross-link from one section to another without breaking all the links later.&lt;br /&gt;
** Decide how to indicate the growth and evolution of our recommendations. (I suggest version numbers and release dates.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Decide whether to launch a discussion forum (other than the wiki page discussion tab) for public discussion once we make a version public. &lt;br /&gt;
*** If we make the wiki version public, we&#039;ll protect it from random edits. Will that have the effect of closing the wiki discussion tab as well? Probably. That&#039;s a reason for a separate discussion forum.&lt;br /&gt;
** Decide who is authorized to revise this doc. (At the moment, it&#039;s just the HOAP principals.) &lt;br /&gt;
** Try *not* to make recommendations on points where there is no &amp;quot;best practice&amp;quot; yet, and say so; that will explain some of our omissions; it will also show that we&#039;re open to new ideas; decide whether we should omit any current recommendations until support or evidence for them solidifies further&lt;br /&gt;
** Before release, get other key partners to make their own suggestions and sign on to the result, e.g. SPARC, EOS, EIFL, MIT. &lt;br /&gt;
*** Make offer to COAPI, for courtesy; but don&#039;t expect sign-on since it (deliberately) wants to be hospitable to institutions with any kind of policy, strong or weak  &lt;br /&gt;
** Consider writing an executive summary of the guide, for rapid orientation or busy committees. Or consider making two editions, a short one for busy committees and a full-length version for everyone else.&lt;br /&gt;
** Consider including a (dynamic) section on frequently asked questions and frequently heard objections and misunderstandings &lt;br /&gt;
** Investigate tools for making nice printouts of wiki pages, or tools for translating wikis into other formats (e.g. PDF) for printing; if possible, built those tools into the best-practices guide so that users can have a handsome, one-click printout of the latest version&lt;br /&gt;
** Eventually make a second guide for funder policies. It could be a separate doc, or it could be a new section of this doc (&amp;quot;Follow all the recommendations above but with these subtractions and additions based on the different circumstances of universities and funders&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
** Add a glossary, especially useful for abbreviations: OA, TA, and terms like gold, green, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Drafting a policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Decide the type of policy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There are several ways for university OA policies to avoid copyright infringement:&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 1 --&amp;gt; The policy grants the institution certain non-exclusive rights to future research articles published by faculty. This sort of policy typically offers a waiver option or opt-out for authors. It also requires deposit in the repository.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 2 --&amp;gt; The policy requires faculty to retain certain non-exclusive rights when they publish future research articles. It also requires deposit in the repository.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 3 --&amp;gt; The policy seeks no rights at all. It requires dark deposit in the repository until the institution can obtain permission to make the work OA, for example, from a publisher policy to allow green OA after an embargo. &amp;lt;!-- If the institution never obtains permission for OA, then the dark deposit never becomes OA. However, the repository can provide OA to the metadata from the moment of deposit. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 4 --&amp;gt; The policy seeks no rights at all and does not require dark deposits. It requires repository deposit and OA, but only when the author&#039;s publisher permits them.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 5 --&amp;gt; The policy does not require OA in any sense, but merely requests or encourages it.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 6 --&amp;gt; The policy does not require OA in any sense, but asks faculty to &amp;quot;opt in&amp;quot; to a policy under which they are expected to deposit their work in the repository and authorize it to be OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We recommend type #1 in this guide. Most of the remaining best practices are about that sort of policy.&lt;br /&gt;
** When type #1 policies are politically unattainable on a certain campus, then we recommend #3. We put #1 ahead of #3 because it actually provides permission to make articles OA through the repository.&lt;br /&gt;
** When #1 and #3 are both politically unattainable on a certain campus, we recommend #5.&lt;br /&gt;
** We do not recommend #2 because it requires faculty to negotiate with publishers. That is difficult to do. Many faculty are intimidated by the prospect and will not to do it. And even if all tried it, some will succeed and some will fail.&lt;br /&gt;
** We do not recommend #4 because it allows publishers to opt out at will.  Some institutions incorrectly believe that it&#039;s the only way to avoid copyright infringement. But all the policy types listed above avoid infringement.&lt;br /&gt;
** We do not recommend #6 because it is equivalent to no policy at all. Faculty may already opt in to the practice of self-archiving and OA. This sort of policy differs little from #5 except by leaving the impression that asking faculty to opt in to an OA policy is somehow different from requesting or encouraging OA itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Grant of rights to the institution ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should be worded so that the the act of adopting it thereby grants the university certain non-exclusive rights. It should not merely ask, encourage, or require faculty to retain certain rights when they sign future publishing contracts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By granting the rights at the time the policy is adopted, in advance of future publications, the policy makes it unnecessary for faculty to negotiate with publishers. It secures the rights even when faculty fail to request them, and secures the same rights for every faculty member, not just the rights that a given faculty member may succeed in obtaining from a given publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deposit in the repository ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should require faculty to deposit a certain version of their future scholarly articles in the institutional repository. But it needn&#039;t require faculty to make deposits themselves. The deposits may be made by others (such as student workers) on behalf of faculty, provided that faculty make the appropriate versions of their articles available for deposit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deposited version ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should apply to the final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript, not to the published edition. The final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript contains the text approved by peer review. It should also include all the charts, graphics, and illustrations which the author has permission to deposit. It does not include any post-review copy editing done by the journal, the journal&#039;s pagination, or the journal&#039;s look and feel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should encourage deposit of the published version when the author has permission. All OA journals should give permission for this, although some will not. Few TA journals will give permission for this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should allow journals, at their choice, to replace the final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript with the published version. Some journals will make this substitution to prevent multiple versions from circulating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deposit timing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Faculty should deposit their peer-reviewed manuscripts at the time of acceptance for publication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the policy respects an embargo decision (from the author or publisher), the deposit should still be made at the time of acceptance. But it will be a &#039;&#039;dark deposit&#039;&#039; until the embargo period runs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Waiver option ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should make clear that the institution will grant waivers no questions asked.  Faculty needn&#039;t meet a burden of proof or offer a justification which might be accepted or rejected. To prevent needless fear or confusion on this point, the policy should refer to &amp;quot;obtaining&amp;quot; a waiver rather than &amp;quot;requesting&amp;quot; a waiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The waiver option should apply only to the grant of rights to the institution (also called the license or the permission), not to the deposit in the repository. Faculty should deposit their articles even if they obtain waivers; these would be dark deposits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A given waiver should apply to a given publication. The policy should not allow standing waivers; that would defeat the purpose of shifting the default to permission for OA. Faculty who want waivers for separate publications should obtain separate waivers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A waiver for a particular article means that the institution does not receive the policy&#039;s usual bundle of non-exclusive rights for that article. Hence, for that article the university will not have permission from the policy to make a copy OA. But the university may have permission from another source, such as the publisher, to make a copy OA. For example, if the publisher allows green OA six months after publication, then the university will eventually have OA permission from the publisher even if it doesn&#039;t have OA permission under the policy. If the university has a copy of the article on dark deposit in the repository, then it may make the repository copy OA as soon as the publisher allows. Hence, the waiver provision of the policy should not promise that the university will never make a copy OA. On the contrary, the policy may say that the university will make faculty work OA whenever it has permission to do so. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Scope of coverage, by content category ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy can require deposit for some kinds of content (e.g. manuscripts published in peer-reviewed journals) and encourage deposit of other kinds (e.g. conference presentations, books or book chapters, datasets, theses and dissertations).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Scope of coverage, by time ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Neither the grant of rights nor the deposit requirement should be retroactive. But the policy might encourage deposit of works published prior to the adoption of the policy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Licensing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Institutions with Harvard-style policies have the rights needed to put open licenses (such as CC-BY) on faculty works deposited under the policy. But they need not take advantage of those rights, or need not do so right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transferring rights back to the author ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The Harvard policy not only transfers rights to the institution, but allows the institution to transfer rights to others. Here&#039;s the key language: &amp;quot;More speciﬁcally, each Faculty member grants to [university name] a nonexclusive, irrevocable, worldwide license to exercise any and all rights under copyright relating to each of his or her scholarly articles...provided that the articles are not sold for a proﬁt, and to authorize others to do the same.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The primary purpose of this language is to allow the institution to &#039;&#039;transfer rights back to the author&#039;&#039;. The effect is that authors retain (or regain) rights to their work, including rights that they transferred away in their publishing contracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ///Have I understood this correctly? Is it fair to say that authors retain/regain &#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039; rights to their work, or all rights &#039;&#039;except the right to allow commercial use&#039;&#039;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Implementation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should include a provision giving a certain committee or unit responsibility for implementing the policy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A policy is more likely to pass if it only says what it has to say. Other details can be left to the committee charged with implementing the policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Separating the issues ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A university with a green OA policy may (and we think, should) also launch a fund to help faculty pay publication fees at fee-based OA journals. But the green OA policy should make clear that it is separate from the journal fund. Otherwise faculty may think that the policy itself requires faculty to submit new work to OA journals (a common and harmful misunderstanding).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A university requiring green OA may also encourage gold OA. But it should be careful about doing both the same document. Where it has been tried, faculty too easily come to believe that the policy requires gold OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some other recommendations on separating the issues are included below under [[#Adopting a policy|Adopting a policy]] (&amp;quot;Educating faculty about the policy before the vote&amp;quot;). But certain explanations belong in the policy itself, to help deter misunderstandings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adopting a policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adopting authority ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should be adopted by the faculty, not the administration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Campus entrepreneurs leading the campaign for a policy should be faculty. If the idea and initial momentum came from librarians or administrators, they should find faculty members willing to lead the effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Because the policy will apply to faculty more than others, it should be a faculty initiative and should be perceived to be a faculty initiative. Otherwise, many faculty will suspect or object that they are being coerced. The question should be what do faculty want for themselves, and what expectations are faculty willing to impose on themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Educating faculty about the policy before the vote ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Make clear that the policy requires deposit in an OA repository, not submission to an OA journal. (It&#039;s about green OA, not gold OA.) It does not limit faculty freedom to submit work to the journals of their choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Make clear that the waiver option guarantees that faculty are free to decide for or against OA for every one of their publications. The policy merely shifts the default from non-deposit and non-OA to deposit and OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Make clear that &amp;quot;softening&amp;quot; the policy to &#039;&#039;opt-in&#039;&#039; is pointless. All institutions without opt-out policies already have opt-in policies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Make clear that the waiver option also gives publishers the right to require a waiver as a condition of publication. Hence, publishers who decide that the costs exceed the benefits may protect themselves at will simply by requiring waivers. Moreover, they may protect themselves without refusing to publish faculty at institutions with OA policies. Hence, faculty who worry about the policy&#039;s effect on certain favorite publishers, such as society publishers, should understand that the policy already gives those publishers the means to protect themselves, if they see the need to do so. Faculty needn&#039;t paternalize those publishers by voting down the policy. Those publishers are in the best position to decide whether publishing authors without waivers causes them harm, and whether require waivers as a condition of publication. &lt;br /&gt;
** Faculty who want to take an extra step to protect certain publishers should explain to them how the waiver option enables them to protect themselves. Many publishers do not understand that. In our experience, publisher objections to university OA policies either assume that all such policies are unwaivable, or do not take the waiver option into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Also see the recommendations on [[#Talking about a policy|Talking about a policy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other tips for the adoption process ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Toward the end of the drafting process, and during the whole of the campus education process, the drafting committee should host a series of face-to-face meetings to answer questions and objections. Don&#039;t rush the vote. Keep holding these meetings until faculty stop coming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Where it would help (and only where it would help), point out how a draft policy uses language successfully adopted and implemented elsewhere. Some faculty are not aware of the number of successful policies elsewhere. Some may think the institution is sailing in uncharted waters. Some may fortify their OA motivation with their motivation to play catch-up with certain rival institutions.&lt;br /&gt;
** ///if we leave this recommendation in, and if we continue to recommend harvard-style policies, then incorporate our list of institutions with harvard-style policies into this doc; and decide how to deal with institutions that started with harvard-style language and then botched it in revision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementing a policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Launching a repository ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution must have an institutional repository. Most schools launch a repository before adopting a policy to fill it, but some do it the other way around. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Individualized writing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Under US copyright law ([http://codes.lp.findlaw.com/uscode/17/2/205 17 USC 205.e]) a &amp;quot;nonexclusive license...prevails over a conflicting transfer of copyright ownership if the license is evidenced by a written instrument signed by the owner of the rights licensed or such owner&#039;s duly authorized agent.&amp;quot; Hence, universities implementing the kind of policy recommended here --granting non-exclusive rights to the institution-- should ask authors to sign a &amp;quot;written instrument&amp;quot; affirming the policy. When authors sign such a statement, the grant of rights embodied in the policy will prevail over a later publishing contract inconsistent with the policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This provision doesn&#039;t say that in the absence of a written instrument, the nonexclusive license will &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; prevail over a later contract inconsistent with the policy. A university may take the position that the nonexclusive license in the policy will prevail in any case, and probably never have to test its position in court. But to be safe, it&#039;s best to get a written affirmation of the grant of rights (or license) as specified by 17 USC 205.e.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At Harvard, articles enter the repository by two paths: a faculty member may deposit articles directly or an assistant may deposit an article on behalf of a faculty member. In the former case, one dialog box in the deposit process asks the faculty member to affirm the grant of rights (the license) in the policy. In the latter case, Harvard asks the faculty member to sign an assistance authorization form containing an affirmation of the grant of rights. When new faculty are hired, they are asked to sign a form affirming the grant of rights as well. These forms count as a written instrument for the purpose of 17 USC 205.e.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Facilitating deposits ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the budget permits, the institution should train student workers to make deposits on behalf of faculty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The repository should make traffic data available to authors. Evidence suggests that this encourages deposits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The repository should publicize the &amp;quot;most viewed&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;most downloadaded&amp;quot; articles, and the &amp;quot;most viewed&amp;quot; departments, e.g. on the repository front page or in a regular column in the school newspaper. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ///replace this section with the new and growing section on [[#Incentivizing deposits in the repository|incentivizing deposits]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Facilitating waivers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution should create a web form through which faculty can obtain waivers. This not only streamlines bookkeeping, but proves to faculty that the process is easy and automatic. Harvard can share code for such a web form (true?///). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some publishers may require faculty to obtain a waiver as a condition of publication. Institutions should not try to prevent this. Accommodating these publisher policies proves that publishers have the means to protect themselves, if they choose to use them; and that fact makes it unnecessary for faculty to protect or &amp;quot;paternalize&amp;quot; their favorite publishers (e.g. society publishers) by refusing to vote for a policy. On the other hand, the institution may want to talk with publishers who take this position, to see whether they can work out an accommodation. For example, it is better for the institutional to provide OA under an embargo than for the author to obtain a waiver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Author addenda ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Because the policy already grants the institution the rights needed for OA, faculty need not obtain those rights from publishers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An [http://oad.simmons.edu/oadwiki/Author_addenda author addendum] is one way for authors to request rights that a standard publishing contract does not otherwise allow. Hence, for policies of the kind we recommend, author addenda are as unnecessary for the same reason that individual author-publisher negotiations are unnecessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* However, author addenda may be desirable anyway. An author addendum can alert the publisher that the author&#039;s institution already possesses certain non-exclusive rights. This can prevent misunderstandings on each side. It can also prevent authors from signing publisher contracts which (without the addendum) are inconsistent with the university&#039;s OA policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* See the section on &amp;quot;individualized writing&amp;quot; above for the reasons why a well-implemented institutional OA policy would take priority over a later publishing contracts inconsistent with the policy. Because the policy takes priority, authors who sign publishing contracts inconsistent with the policy may be unable to live up to those contracts and may expose themselves to liability for breach of contract. This risk is entirely eliminated by an addendum modifying the contract to conform to the terms of the institutional policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- to prevent misunderstandings on either side, and to protect authors from liability for contract infringement (not copyright infringement), we recommend that faculty submit a Harvard-written addendum to the publisher&#039;s agreement explaining the rights already granted to Harvard. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multiple deposits ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a faculty member deposits a paper in a non-institutional repository (e.g. arXiv, PubMed Central, SSRN), the repository should harvest a copy. To avoid diluting the traffic numbers at the several repositories, all should comply with the (evolving) [http://www.jisc.ac.uk/whatwedo/programmes/pals3/pirus.aspx PIRUS] standards for sharing traffic data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a faculty member is subject to two OA policies (e.g. one from the institution and one from the funder), the institution should offer to make the deposit required by the funder. For example, most faculty at Harvard Medical School are subject to the NIH policy; if they deposit in the HMS repository, then HMS will insure that a copy is deposited in PubMed Central. If faculty think that an institutional policy will double their administrative burden, they will vote against it; the institution should make clear that a local policy will actually reduce their burden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dark deposits ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a deposit is dark (not yet OA), at least the metadata should be OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the repository software will support it, dark deposits should be set to open up automatically at the future date determined by the author decision or embargo period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If an author deposited a manuscript and obtained a waiver, then the institution does not have permission to make it OA &#039;&#039;under the policy&#039;&#039;. But the repository should make the manuscript OA if it can obtain permission from another source, such as a standing policy of the publisher&#039;s to allow OA after a certain embargo period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deposited versions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some authors will deposit the published version. (Sometimes they will mistakenly believe it is the version they ought to deposit; sometimes they will simply prefer it and demand to make it the OA version.) In this case, ask the author for the final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript. If the author can&#039;t find the right version or insists on depositing the published edition, make it a dark deposit and open it up in the future when you have permission from another source, such as the publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Repository indexing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The repository should be configured to support crawling by search engines. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Repository managers should check to see whether the contents are discoverable through major search engines, and follow-up any indexing failures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Repository withdrawals ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a publisher sends a reasonable take-down request to the repository, the repository should always comply. (///But should the article be removed or merely go dark?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the author wishes to withdraw an article already on deposit (e.g. because it is mistaken, embarrassing, superseded by a newer version, etc.), then ///??&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Content beyond the policy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution should welcome the deposit of types of scholarly content, above and beyond the type covered by the policy. For example, if the policy focuses on peer-reviewed manuscripts of journal articles, the repository should welcome deposit of other categories of scholarship as well, such as electronic theses and dissertations, books or book chapters, datasets, and digitized work from other media for which it has permission to provide OA. If the policy covers peer-reviewed manuscripts published after a certain date, it should welcome the deposit of peer-reviewed manuscripts completed or published before that date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the policy only gives the institution permission to make certain kinds of content OA, the repository should welcome dark deposits where it doesn&#039;t have permission for OA, and in those cases it should provide OA to the metadata.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Treaties with publishers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some publishers may request certain dispensations, for example, that manuscripts published in their journals include a complete citation and link to the published edition. If the institution is comfortable acceding to the request, then it may ask something in return, for example, that the faculty will never need to obtain waivers to publish in the publisher&#039;s journals. These agreements may contain any provisions consistent with the policy and agreeable to both sides. (At Harvard they are called &amp;quot;treaties&amp;quot;.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Learning the denominator ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An institution can easily tell how many articles are on deposit in its repository. But it cannot easily tell how many articles ought to be on deposit. If it wants to calculate the deposit rate (number deposited divided by number that ought to be deposited), then it must find a way to ascertain the denominator. This is a critical piece of information in measuring the effectiveness of the policy and its implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some institutions ask faculty to submit an annual list of their publications. If so, the information should be shared with the repository managers. The raw list of publications is less helpful than one broken down by categories, such as books, journal articles, and so on. If the policy only covers journal articles (for example), then the relevant denominator is the number of journal articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working with publishers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* See the entry on author addenda. A well-written author addendum can explain to publishers what rights the author has already assigned to the institution. Hence it can prevent authors from signing publishing contracts they cannot fulfill, prevent misunderstandings on all sides, and prevent needless antagonism. However there are some other ways to achieve some of the same goals.&lt;br /&gt;
** Publishers who normally require transfer of exclusive rights, but who do not demand waivers from authors at your institution, can modify their publishing contracts to facilitate cooperation with the institution. For example, it would help both sides if publishers included a clause to this effect:  &amp;quot;Where applicable, Publisher acknowledges that Author&#039;s assignment of copyright or Author&#039;s grant of exclusive rights in the Publication Agreement is subject to Author&#039;s prior grant of a non-exclusive copyright license to Author&#039;s employing institution and/or to a funding entity that financially supported the research reflected in the Article as part of an agreement between Author or Author&#039;s employing institution and such funding entity, such as an agency of the United States government.&amp;quot; Such a clause would make addenda unnecessary for authors and publishers, and would cost the publisher nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
** ///move section on &amp;quot;treaties&amp;quot; here? or cross-ref to that section?&lt;br /&gt;
** ///add section on auto-deposit by publishers? on permission to deposit published editions? on permission to harvest published editions from the pub web site? on embargoes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Filling the repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This section could be a subsection within [[#Implementing a policy|Implementing a policy]]. But because it&#039;s large and still growing, we&#039;re making it a section to itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This section covers incentives for authors to deposit their work themselves, as well as other methods, human and machine, for getting their work into the repository.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This section is currently organized alphabetically by method and alphabetically by author within each method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This section makes note of software that can be used to facilitate the deposit of works and add value to repositories; mention of these tools are not intended as an endorsement, rather, they are noted as additional tools at the disposal of repository managers that may aid in efforts to populate a repository.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advocacy and education ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Brown, Josh, Kathy Sadler, and Martin Moyle. 2010. [http://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/116819/1/116819.pdf Influencing the Deposit of Electronic Theses in UK HE: Report on a sector-wide survey into thesis deposit and open access.] University College London.&lt;br /&gt;
** This JISC-funded study, led by the [http://www.ucl.ac.uk/ University College London], explored policies on, practices surrounding, and &amp;quot;barriers to the electronic deposit of e-theses&amp;quot; in the United Kingdom. Several of the identified concerns could be alleviated with education, and while there are limited examples of these being legitimate issues, the following were reported: &amp;quot;concern about the risks associated with third party copyright infringement in electronic theses (89 HEIs); about plagiarism (76 HEIs); about the inclusion of sensitive data within theses (75 HEIs); and that open e-thesis deposit might hinder an author&#039;s future publication prospects (72 HEIs).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Hubbard, Bill. 2010. [http://web.archive.org/web/20100831194756/http://researchcommunications.jiscinvolve.org/wp/2010/02/04/peer-baseline-why-dont-authors-deposit/ PEER Baseline – why don’t authors deposit?] Research Communications. &lt;br /&gt;
** Bill Hubbard from the [http://crc.nottingham.ac.uk/ Centre for Research Communications, University of Nottingham] discusses author concerns about depositing their work in institutional repositories. Foremost is that peer-reviewed work is listed alongside grey literature, but there are also concerns about &amp;quot;infringing copyright and infringing embargo periods;...the paper not having been &#039;properly edited by the publisher&#039;; not knowing of a suitable repository; a concern about plagiarism or unknown reuse; then not knowing how to deposit material in a repository and not knowing what a repository was.&amp;quot; In response, Hubbard notes that education and &amp;quot;continued, repetitive, hard slog advocacy of the basics&amp;quot; will ease these concerns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. JISC, 2010. [http://jiscreposit.blogspot.com/2010/08/literature-review-ctrep-cambridge-tetra.html Literature review: CTREP Cambridge TETRA Repositories Enhancement Project.] RePosit Project blog.&lt;br /&gt;
** This [http://www.cam.ac.uk/ University of Cambridge] and [http://www.uhi.ac.uk/ University of Highlands and Islands] project aimed to increase deposits to, satisfaction in, and &amp;quot;institutionalisation&amp;quot; of the institutional repository with &amp;quot;a technical integration tool which connected the Virtual Research Environment (VRE) to the IR.&amp;quot; Communication and relationship building are described as &amp;quot;vital&amp;quot; to the program&#039;s success, because &amp;quot;the focus had to remain on the institutionalisation of the IR.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Kim, Jihyun. 2010. [http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/asi.21336/abstract Faculty self-archiving: Motivations and barriers.] Journal of the American Society for Information Science and Technology 61(9): 1909–1922. [Note: This is a toll access article, requiring subscription.]&lt;br /&gt;
** Kim surveyed and interviewed 684 faculty members from 17 Carnegie institutions that use DSpace for their institutional repository, and found seven factors to be &amp;quot;significantly related&amp;quot; to deposit behavior: &amp;quot;copyright concerns, additional time and effort, and age...academic reward, altruism, self-archiving culture, and technical skills.&amp;quot; Of these factors, several may be addressed with education. Kim concluded that training on and assistance with the deposit process can &amp;quot;encourage faculty who are less adept at computers to participate.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. London School of Economics and Political Science. 2010. [http://eprints.lse.ac.uk/29804/1/Research_spectrum.pdf How LSE Research Online and an LSE Experts profile maximises your research visibility.] &lt;br /&gt;
** This Open Access Week poster from the [http://www2.lse.ac.uk/home.aspx London School of Economics and Political Science] clearly illustrates the value added from depositing in the [http://eprints.lse.ac.uk/ LSE Research Online] institutional repository in several bullet points: high visibility, professional profiles with accurate and comprehensive content, and copyright compliance. These benefits serve as a counterpoint to common author practices for posting their work on &amp;quot;personal webpages.&amp;quot; This simple advocacy tool highlights major talking points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Miller, Jonathan. 2010. [http://rollins-olin-library.blogspot.com/2010/06/creating-change-in-scholarly.html Creating change in scholarly communication.] The Director&#039;s Blog. &lt;br /&gt;
** Jonathan Miller of [http://www.rollins.edu/ Rollins College] got faculty involved with periodical reviews when canceling titles as a practical means of opening discussion on campus about scholarly communication; OA journals and repositories were then introduced as an alternative. Miller tailored his talking points toward different constituents; for example, &amp;quot;the provost was interested in institutional reputation, the Dean of Faculty by the idea of a stable repository of faculty publications, IT and the librarians in a hosted solution...which did not involve much staff time and expertise [and]...the faculty...in more visibility for their own research and a policy that was flexible.&amp;quot; He also partnered with &amp;quot;faculty champions&amp;quot; to work on creating support for an OA policy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Palmer, Carole L., Lauren C. Teffeau, and Mark P. Newman. 2008. [http://docs.lib.purdue.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1131&amp;amp;context=lib_research Strategies for institutional repository development: A case study of three evolving initiatives.] Library Trends, 57(2): 142-167.&lt;br /&gt;
** Palmer et al. offer a case study of three libraries and their approaches to filling their institutional repositories with content. While used to varying degrees, all three institutions employed advocacy for the institutional repository to acquire content, from faculty outreach with library liaisons to instructional presentations and branding and marketing of the repository. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Russell, Rosemary, and Michael Day. 2010. [http://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/13614533.2010.509996 Institutional repository interaction with research users: A review of current practice.] New Review of Academic Librarianship 16(Supplement1): 116-131.&lt;br /&gt;
** In their literature review, Russell and Day impress the importance of engaging with one&#039;s local research community before launching a repository, so that services best mirror researcher needs at the outset. Additionally, Russell and Day note the importance of crafting advocacy messages that resonate with different communities that use the repository: &amp;quot;advocacy needs to be tailored to scholarly contexts using language that is meaningful to individual or group cultures.&amp;quot; By being sensitive to different user cultures, there is a greater likelihood of garnering early adopters who will &amp;quot;network&amp;quot; the repository to their peers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Smith, Colin, Sheila Chudasama, and Christopher Yates, 2010. [http://oro.open.ac.uk/22321/ Open Research Online - A self-archiving success story.] In The 5th International Conference on Open Repositories, 6-9 July 2010, Madrid, Spain.&lt;br /&gt;
** This case study from the [http://www.open.ac.uk/ Open University] identifies advocacy and development as the cornerstones for building an institutional repository collection without a mandate. The advocacy methods were varied, from using social media for promotional efforts to attending department meetings. The efforts have attracted &amp;quot;63% of the OU’s journal output published in 2008 and 2009&amp;quot; and the repository managers are &amp;quot;getting around 36 full-text deposits per week, compared to a low of 2 per week before the advocacy/development campaign.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Welsh Repository Network. 2010. [http://welshrepositorynetwork.blogspot.com/2010/06/advocacy-discussion-barriers-and.html Advocacy discussion: Barriers and solutions.] &lt;br /&gt;
** The [http://www.wrn.aber.ac.uk/ Welsh Repository Network] offers several solutions to common challenges for repository deposits. Education is highlighted as important for generating buy-in to the institutional repository across many fronts: from gaining high-level support, which will create an &amp;quot;integration with other [university] systems and processes&amp;quot; and can lay the foundation for an institution-wide mandate, to building an understanding across the community of users of the benefits of depositing their work into the repository  (e.g., a wider readership, public funding issues, author rights and copyright, etc.). With an informed authorship, support may follow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Yeomans, Joanne. 2006. [http://library.web.cern.ch/library/Webzine/12/papers/2/ CERN&#039;s Open Access E-print Coverage in 2006: Three Quarters Full and Counting.] High Energy Physics Libraries Webzine.&lt;br /&gt;
** Joanne Yeomans, of the [http://library.web.cern.ch/library/ CERN Library], discusses the CERN Document Server&#039;s (CDS) coverage. &amp;quot;Metadata harvesting is performed at such a level that the Library believes it retrieves bibliographic records for almost 100% of CERN&#039;s own documents.&amp;quot; The high rate of full-text articles in CDS is attributable to a long-standing policy and digitization efforts by the library staff; additionally, the CERN Library staff introduces new staff to the deposit process and uses an internal bulletin to remind staff to deposit work. Future plans include following up with authors about specific works that have not yet been deposited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Automated deposit tools ===&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://bibapp.org/ BibApp]&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Fenner, Martin. 2010. [http://blogs.plos.org/mfenner/2010/10/26/self-motivated-vs-mandated-archiving/ Self-motivated vs. mandated archiving.] PLoS Blogs: Gobbledygook.&lt;br /&gt;
#** Fenner&#039;s list of motivators for self-deposit, from his perspective as an active researcher at [http://www.mh-hannover.de/index.php?&amp;amp;L=1 Hannover Medical School], includes tools such as BibApp, which &amp;quot;showcases the scholarly work done by a particular researcher, research group, department or institution.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Salo, Dorothea. 2010. [https://mx2.arl.org/lists/sparc-oaforum/Message/5518.html Press release: BibApp 1.0 released.] SPARC-OAForum Message 5518.&lt;br /&gt;
#** &amp;quot;BibApp allows researchers and research groups to promote research, find collaborators on campus, and make research more accessible. It also allows libraries to better understand research happening in local departments, facilitate conversations about author rights with researchers, and ease the population of the institutional repository. Finally, BibApp allows campus administrators to achieve a clearer picture of collaboration and scholarly publishing trends on campus.&amp;quot; BibApp software also &amp;quot;push[es]&amp;quot; articles into the institutional repository. &lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, and University of Wisconsin-Madison. 2010. [http://bibapp.org/2010/07/01/bibapp-10-released/ BibApp 1.0 released.] BibApp News. &lt;br /&gt;
#** [http://bibapp.org/ BibApp], from the [http://illinois.edu/ University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign] and the [http://www.wisc.edu/ University of Wisconsin-Madison] acts as a &amp;quot;gateway,&amp;quot; which &amp;quot;matches researchers on your campus or research center with their publication data and mines that data to see collaborations, create visualizations of areas of research, and find experts in research areas.&amp;quot; It works with &amp;quot;DSpace, EPrints, or Fedora,&amp;quot; pushing publications into the institution&#039;s repository; [http://bibapp.org/features/ features] of are detailed.&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://easydeposit.swordapp.org/ EasyDeposit]&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Lewis, Stuart. 2010. [http://blog.stuartlewis.com/2010/05/29/deposit-to-multiple-repositories/ Deposit to multiple repositories.] Stuart Lewis&#039; Blog. &lt;br /&gt;
#** As a follow-on to the 2009 development of [http://easydeposit.swordapp.org/ EasyDeposit], multiple-repository-deposit functionality has been added to this script. By ensuring that authors can deposit their work to several repositories with a single entry point, for example, &amp;quot;an institutional repository and a funder’s repository, and also perhaps a subject-based repository,&amp;quot; then the likelihood of authors being comprehensive with their deposits is increased.&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Lewis, Stuart. 2009. [http://blog.stuartlewis.com/2010/02/03/easydeposit-sword-deposit-tool-creator/ EasyDeposit – SWORD deposit tool creator.] Stuart Lewis&#039; Blog. &lt;br /&gt;
#** [https://github.com/stuartlewis/EasyDeposit/wiki/ EasyDeposit] is introduced as  &amp;quot;a toolkit for easily creating SWORD deposit web interfaces using PHP&amp;quot;; it was born out of  a need to have &amp;quot;a generic SWORD deposit interface toolkit that allowed new deposit systems to be easily created.&amp;quot; Two examples that were the impetus for EasyDeposit&#039;s development (from the [http://www.library.auckland.ac.nz/ University of Auckland Library]) are given: Ph.D. candidates&#039; thesis deposit and the archiving of a technical report series. The creation of such a workaround helps to make deposits easier for projects/constituents with specific, singular needs.&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://edina.ac.uk/projects/oa-rj/index.html Open Access Repository Junction]&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. EDINA, 2010. [http://edina.ac.uk/projects/oa-rj/api.html OA-RJ API.] Open Access Repository Junction.&lt;br /&gt;
#** [http://edina.ac.uk/ EDINA] has created an API for the [http://edina.ac.uk/projects/oa-rj/ Open Access Repository Junction] that will &amp;quot;redirect and deposit...research outputs into multiple repositories.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. JISC, 2010. [http://oarepojunction.wordpress.com/2010/04/01/whats-in-a-name/ What’s in a name?] OA-RJ Project Blog. &lt;br /&gt;
#** [http://edina.ac.uk/projects/oa-rj/ Open Access Repository Junction], funded by [http://www.jisc.ac.uk/ JISC], is a two-part tool. The first part identifies a depositable work (by location and metadata) and then offers a &amp;quot;list of possible targets to the client, and leaves the deposit process to the client&amp;quot;. The second part deposits the works to relevant repositories. The [http://edina.ac.uk/projects/oa-rj/index.html project webpage] indicates the aim is to &amp;quot;help assist the principal investigator to deposit in all the appropriate locations, and also make the whole deposit process as simple as possible.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://puma.uni-kassel.de/ PUMA]&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Stumme, Gerd. 2009. [http://blog.bibsonomy.org/2009/08/puma-project-on-academic-publication.html PUMA - Project on Academic Publication Management started on August 1st.] BibSonomy Blog.&lt;br /&gt;
#** [http://puma.uni-kassel.de/ PUMA] aims to integrate deposit into an author&#039;s workflow and make explicit the benefits of deposit as follows:  &amp;quot;the upload of a publication results automatically in an update of both the personal and institutional homepage, the creation of an entry in [http://www.bibsonomy.org/ BibSonomy], an entry in the academic reporting system of the university, and its publication in the institutional repository.&amp;quot; This output is in addition to PUMA&#039;s effort to &amp;quot;provide a publication management platform&amp;quot; to authors.&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://jiscreposit.blogspot.com/2010/07/introducing-reposit.html RePosit]&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. JISC, 2010. [http://jiscreposit.blogspot.com/ RePosit: Positing a new kind of repository deposit.] RePosit Project blog.&lt;br /&gt;
#** The [http://www.jisc.ac.uk/ JISC] led project, RePosit, &amp;quot;seeks to increase uptake of a web-based repository deposit tool embedded in a researcher-facing publications management system.&amp;quot; The project&#039;s blog details the work of the group members, &amp;quot;[http://www.leeds.ac.uk/ University of Leeds (Chair)], [http://www.keele.ac.uk/ Keele University], [http://www.qmul.ac.uk/ Queen Mary University of London], [http://www.exeter.ac.uk/ University of Exeter] and [http://www.plymouth.ac.uk/ University of Plymouth], with [http://www.symplectic.co.uk/ Symplectic Ltd].&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. JISC, 2010. [http://jiscreposit.blogspot.com/2010/08/literature-review-ctrep-cambridge-tetra.html Literature review: CTREP Cambridge TETRA Repositories Enhancement Project.] RePosit Project blog.&lt;br /&gt;
#** This [http://www.cam.ac.uk/ University of Cambridge] and [http://www.uhi.ac.uk/ University of Highlands and Islands] project aimed to increase deposits to, satisfaction in, and &amp;quot;institutionalisation&amp;quot; of the institutional repository with &amp;quot;a technical integration tool which connected the Virtual Research Environment (VRE) to the IR.&amp;quot; The tool was successfully developed and implemented, and deposits since have increased: &amp;quot;The number of IR communities has doubled and the number of collections has tripled.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://swordapp.org/ Simple Web-service Offering Repository Deposit (SWORD)]&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Jones, Richard. 2010. [http://sword2depositlifecycle.jiscpress.org/ SWORD v2.0: Deposit lifecycle.] JISC. &lt;br /&gt;
#** A project funded by [http://www.ukoln.ac.uk/ UKOLN], SWORD aims to &amp;quot;push the standard towards supporting full repository deposit lifecycles...[which] will enable the repository to be integrated into a broader range of systems in the scholarly environment, by supporting an increased range of behaviours and use cases.&amp;quot; SWORD  v2.0 offers increased flexibility and interoperability that works with &amp;quot;DSpace, EPrints and Fedora, arXiv and a number of commercial systems&amp;quot;; additionally, there &amp;quot;is a Facebook deposit application, Microsoft have developed an add on to Word which will deposit your documents into your archive, and likewise the Open Journal System&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Lewis, Stuart. 2009. [http://blog.stuartlewis.com/2010/09/18/the-sword-course-videos-now-online/ The SWORD course videos now online.] Stuart Lewis&#039; Blog.&lt;br /&gt;
#** Videos from &amp;quot;The SWORD Course&amp;quot; introducing SWORD, highlighting use cases, enumerating clients, and offering a toolkit for users are posted.&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Russell, Rosemary, and Michael Day. 2010. [http://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/13614533.2010.509996 Institutional repository interaction with research users: A review of current practice.] New Review of Academic Librarianship 16(Supplement1): 116-131.&lt;br /&gt;
#** In their literature review, Russell and Day impress the importance of engaging with one&#039;s local research community before launching a repository, so that services best mirror researcher needs at the outset. While discussing the importance of making deposit easy, they mention SWORD as a &amp;quot;protocol&amp;quot; that is in use today to &amp;quot;support the bulk transfer of content into repositories.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Suber, Peter. 2010. [https://mx2.arl.org/lists/sparc-oaforum/Message/5456.html BioMed Central partners with Massachusetts Institute of Technology Libraries to deposit open access articles automatically using SWORD protocol.] SPARC-OAForum Message 5456.&lt;br /&gt;
#** Peter Suber briefly notes [http://web.mit.edu/ MIT&#039;s] partnership with [http://www.biomedcentral.com/ BioMed Central] &amp;quot;to set up an automatic feed of MIT articles...The SWORD protocol allows the institutional repository to receive newly published articles from any of BioMed Central&#039;s 200+ journals as soon as they are published, without the need for any effort on the part of the author and streamlining the deposit process for the repository administrator.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Customization/value-added tools ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Fenner, Martin. 2010. [http://blogs.plos.org/mfenner/2010/10/26/self-motivated-vs-mandated-archiving/ Self-motivated vs. mandated archiving.] PLoS Blogs: Gobbledygook.&lt;br /&gt;
** Fenner&#039;s list of motivators for self-deposit, from his perspective as an active researcher at [http://www.mh-hannover.de/index.php?&amp;amp;L=1 Hannover Medical School], includes institutional repositories hosting &amp;quot;primary research data&amp;quot; and integrating the repository content with journal submission. An example of such a tool that Fenner mentions is [https://www.escidoc.org/ eSciDoc], which &amp;quot;include[s] storing, manipulating, enriching, disseminating, and publishing not only of the final results of the research process, but of all intermediate steps as well.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. JISC, 2010. [http://blogs.ecs.soton.ac.uk/depositmo/ Modus Operandi for Repository Deposits.]&lt;br /&gt;
** Modus Operandi is a tool that offers authors a way to deposit &amp;quot;in-progress and completed works directly from authoring and content management applications.&amp;quot; It works with DSpace and EPrints to create a &amp;quot;workflow connecting the user’s computer desktop, especially popular apps such as MS Office and Windows Explorer.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Palmer, Carole L., Lauren C. Teffeau, and Mark P. Newman. 2008. [http://docs.lib.purdue.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1131&amp;amp;context=lib_research Strategies for institutional repository development: A case study of three evolving initiatives.] Library Trends, 57(2): 142-167.&lt;br /&gt;
** Palmer et al. offer a case study of three libraries and their approaches to filling their institutional repositories with content. One of the institutions employes a &amp;quot;software specialist who leads repository design customizations and functionality enhancements,&amp;quot; which are tailored to meet &amp;quot;the needs and interests of faculty.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Ponsati, Agnès, and Pablo de Castro. 2010. [http://www.researchinformation.info/features/feature.php?feature_id=183 Repository increases visibility.] Research Information. &lt;br /&gt;
**Ponsati and de Castro discuss the [http://www.csic.es/web/guest/home Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas&#039;s] (CSIC) efforts to populate its institutional repository, which was launched with an &amp;quot;OA strategy [that] aims mainly to increase the visibility of its research output.&amp;quot; A near-term goal for the CSIC is to create APIs that will enable publication lists from the institutional repository to be repackaged &amp;quot;as annual-report-building-applications, author or departmental web pages or standardised CV formats&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Russell, Rosemary, and Michael Day. 2010. [http://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/13614533.2010.509996 Institutional repository interaction with research users: A review of current practice.] New Review of Academic Librarianship 16(Supplement1): 116-131.&lt;br /&gt;
** In their literature review, Russell and Day impress the importance of engaging with one&#039;s local research community before launching a repository, so that services best mirror researcher needs at the outset. They also indicate there is value to be added by &amp;quot;integrating them [repositories] into a much wider context of diverse information systems.&amp;quot; [http://www.cornell.edu/ Cornell&#039;s] [http://vivo.cornell.edu/ VIVO] and the [http://www.ox.ac.uk/ University of Oxford&#039;s] [http://brii.medsci.ox.ac.uk/ BRII] projects are ntoed as examples of such &amp;quot;information integration.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Smith, Colin, Sheila Chudasama, and Christopher Yates, 2010. [http://oro.open.ac.uk/22321/ Open Research Online - A self-archiving success story.] In The 5th International Conference on Open Repositories, 6-9 July 2010, Madrid, Spain.&lt;br /&gt;
** This case study from the [http://www.open.ac.uk/ Open University] identifies advocacy and development as the cornerstones for building an institutional repository collection without a mandate. The development methods were varied, ranging from creating &amp;quot;gatekeeper controlled groups&amp;quot; to offering embedded feeds. The efforts have attracted &amp;quot;63% of the OU’s journal output published in 2008 and 2009&amp;quot; and the repository managers are &amp;quot;getting around 36 full-text deposits per week, compared to a low of 2 per week before the advocacy/development campaign.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ease of use ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Harnad, Stevan. 2010. [http://openaccess.eprints.org/index.php?/archives/695-Simplify-OA-Deposit-But-Leave-It-In-the-Mandatees-Hands.html Simplify OA deposit but leave it in the mandatee&#039;s hands.] Open Access Archivangelism. &lt;br /&gt;
** Stevan Harnad cites [http://web.mit.edu/ MIT&#039;s] brief metadata requirements for institutional repository submission as an exemplary author-friendly policy. Harnad notes &amp;quot;All the power of self-archiving (and of self-archiving mandates from institutions and funders) comes from the fact that it is the author and the author&#039;s institution (and funder) that does it, mandates it, and monitors compliance.&amp;quot; As such, he does not support MIT&#039;s (and other institutions&#039;) moves to facilitate publisher deposit, and instead encourages a clear definition of responsibility and an ease of compliance for authors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Kim, Jihyun. 2010. [http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/asi.21336/abstract Faculty self-archiving: Motivations and barriers.] Journal of the American Society for Information Science and Technology 61(9): 1909–1922. [Note: This is a toll access article, requiring subscription.]&lt;br /&gt;
** Kim surveyed and interviewed 684 faculty members from 17 Carnegie institutions that use DSpace for their institutional repository, and found seven factors to be &amp;quot;significantly related&amp;quot; to deposit behavior: &amp;quot;copyright concerns, additional time and effort, and age...academic reward, altruism, self-archiving culture, and technical skills.&amp;quot; She suggests that &amp;quot;confusion over copyright issues can be addressed by providing services for copyright management.&amp;quot; By offering copyright support, the &amp;quot;legal ramifications of self-archiving their publications&amp;quot; would be clarified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Lewis, Stuart. 2009. [http://blog.stuartlewis.com/2009/07/28/email-your-repository/ Email your repository.] Stuart Lewis&#039; Blog. &lt;br /&gt;
** Stuart Lewis discusses a [http://blogs.ukoln.ac.uk/ukolndev/ UKOLN-created] Thunderbird plug-in that enables institutional repository deposit, and emphasizes that the strength of this deposit method is that email is a trusted, familiar tool with faculty/researchers. Lewis introduces a [http://php.swordapp.org/ script] that is a general version of the Thunderbird tool and is usable with other email clients, and discusses its potential for increasing repository deposit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Ponsati, Agnès, and Pablo de Castro. 2010. [http://www.researchinformation.info/features/feature.php?feature_id=183 Repository increases visibility.] Research Information. &lt;br /&gt;
**Ponsati and de Castro discuss the [http://www.csic.es/web/guest/home Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas&#039;s] (CSIC) efforts to populate its institutional repository, which was launched with an &amp;quot;OA strategy [that] aims mainly to increase the visibility of its research output.&amp;quot; Informational sessions are delivered to each department, and deposits are &amp;quot;synchronized&amp;quot; in that metadata are pulled off of departmental websites and input to the repository by IT staff, leaving the researchers with the task of simply uploading the work at the appropriate time. A proposed project is to couple the CSIC&#039;s repository with subject repositories so that authors need to deposit their paper to only one location, with interoperability ensuring that the work appears in all relevant repositories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Russell, Rosemary, and Michael Day. 2010. [http://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/13614533.2010.509996 Institutional repository interaction with research users: A review of current practice.] New Review of Academic Librarianship 16(Supplement1): 116-131.&lt;br /&gt;
** In their literature review, Russell and Day impress the importance of engaging with one&#039;s local research community before launching a repository, so that services best mirror researcher needs at the outset. They also note the potential to be found in &amp;quot;integrat[ing] deposit and other repository interactions into research practice and workflows&amp;quot; so that the institutional repository becomes &amp;quot;&#039;intimately embedded&#039; in the current practice of scientists.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Sale, Arthur. 2010. [https://mx2.arl.org/Lists/SPARC-OAForum/Message/5427.html Advice on filling your repository.] SPARC-OAForum Message 5427. &lt;br /&gt;
** Arthur Sale, of the [http://www.utas.edu.au/ University of Tasmania], mentions the benefit of providing depositing authors the means to download the corpus of their work, even those titles that are &amp;quot;restricted,&amp;quot; from anywhere. Doing so facilitates collaboration, &amp;quot;because it is like carrying a no-weight library of all your publications with you when you travel internationally.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Texas Digital Library, 2010. [http://www.tdl.org/2010/09/tdl-releases-vireo-etd-system-opensource-software/ TDL releases Vireo ETD System as open-source software.] News.&lt;br /&gt;
** The [http://www.tdl.org/ Texas Digital Library] created an open source electronic thesis and dissertation management system, [http://sourceforge.net/projects/vireo/ Vireo], that offers an simple interface for students to submit their completed theses and dissertations. Partial funding for the project was made available through an [http://www.imls.gov/ Institute of Museum and Library Services] grant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Welsh Repository Network. 2010. [http://welshrepositorynetwork.blogspot.com/2010/06/advocacy-discussion-barriers-and.html Advocacy discussion: Barriers and solutions.] &lt;br /&gt;
** The [http://www.wrn.aber.ac.uk/ Welsh Repository Network] offers several solutions to common challenges for repository deposits. Providing instructional materials (e.g., a video showing the deposit process), drafting Ph.D. students and department administrative assistants to deposit work on behalf of authors, and offering self-deposit (along with a suggestion to solicit help from Ph.D. students and administrative assistants) are three suggested methods for streamlining the process of deposit. Also mentioned is using &amp;quot;SHERPA RoMEO/include API on repository front page&amp;quot; to help clarify copyright concerns at the point of need and providing an easily accessed FAQs page and collection policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Funding allocation ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Oslo University College. 2010. [http://www.hio.no/Aktuelt/HiO-nytt/Arkiverte-nyheter/2010/02/Last-inn-i-ODA Last inn i ODA: Publikasjoner som ikke lastes inn i HiOs digitale vitenarkiv, ODA, gir bare halv uttelling.] HiO-nytt. &lt;br /&gt;
** [http://www.hio.no/content/view/full/4563 Oslo University College] has employed a weighted system for encouraging deposits to its institutional repository since 2008. Researchers that deposit their work to the repository receive full points, which count toward the future receipt of internal research funding, while those who do not receive half credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Proudman, Vanessa. 2007. [http://arno.uvt.nl/show.cgi?fid=68188 Minho University Institutional Repository. Minho University, Braga, Portugal: A university repository where a mandate to deposit, financial incentives and strong advocacy can transform an IR’s population.] Stimulating the population of repositories: A research project, Tilburg University.&lt;br /&gt;
** As one of six case studies comprising a larger research project, Proudman explored Minho University&#039;s efforts to encourage author deposit to the institutional repository. One of the methods was financial incentives that were awarded to each department and center as a whole by level of participation. A point system was derived in which documents were valued by type and age, where newly published, peer-reviewed work was the most &amp;quot;valuable&amp;quot;; preprints and older works also earned points, but to a lesser degree. The results were surprising: &amp;quot;As a result of the financial rewards and policy, from January to December 2005, 2813 documents were deposited in the IR (41% journal articles and 40% conference papers). This was an increase of about 800% on the previous year.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Brown, Josh, Kathy Sadler, and Martin Moyle. 2010. [http://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/116819/1/116819.pdf Influencing the Deposit of Electronic Theses in UK HE: Report on a sector-wide survey into thesis deposit and open access.] University College London.&lt;br /&gt;
** This JISC-funded study explored policies on, practices surrounding, and &amp;quot;barriers to the electronic deposit of e-theses.&amp;quot; The authors identify a powerful incentive that has not been used to its full potential: &amp;quot;[the] ability to demonstrate the impact of open access theses.&amp;quot; Standard metrics, common plug-ins, and &amp;quot;the effective use of third-party resources&amp;quot; are mentioned as recommendations for improving the use of metrics in encouraging e-thesis deposit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Kim, Jihyun. 2010. [http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/asi.21336/abstract Faculty self-archiving: Motivations and barriers.] Journal of the American Society for Information Science and Technology 61(9): 1909–1922. [Note: This is a toll access article, requiring subscription.]&lt;br /&gt;
** Kim surveyed and interviewed 684 faculty members from 17 Carnegie institutions that use DSpace for their institutional repository, and found seven factors to be &amp;quot;significantly related&amp;quot; to deposit behavior: &amp;quot;copyright concerns, additional time and effort, and age...academic reward, altruism, self-archiving culture, and technical skills.&amp;quot; Because altruism and self-archiving culture were noted as positive factors relating to deposit in institutional repositories, Kim explored whether the respondents felt that &amp;quot;self-archiving resulted in their research work being cited more frequently&amp;quot;; surprisingly, &amp;quot;the majority of faculty participants...were unaware of the evidence of a citation advantage.&amp;quot; This suggests that a greater use of metrics may highlight the advantages of posting work to an institutional repository. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Ponsati, Agnès, and Pablo de Castro. 2010. [http://www.researchinformation.info/features/feature.php?feature_id=183 Repository increases visibility.] Research Information. &lt;br /&gt;
**Ponsati and de Castro discuss the [http://www.csic.es/web/guest/home Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas&#039;s] (CSIC) efforts to populate its institutional repository, which was launched with an &amp;quot;OA strategy [that] aims mainly to increase the visibility of its research output.&amp;quot; As such, the CSIC has added &amp;quot;a complete module of statistics...[that lets] the authors measure the effects of depositing their work in [http://digital.csic.es/ Digital.CSIC] on its visibility.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Sale, Arthur. 2010. [https://mx2.arl.org/Lists/SPARC-OAForum/Message/5427.html Advice on filling your repository.] SPARC-OAForum Message 5427. &lt;br /&gt;
** Arthur Sale, of the [http://www.utas.edu.au/ University of Tasmania], discusses several methods for increasing deposits, with citation metrics being a successful means of advocating for deposit. He mentions Anne-Will Harzing’s [http://www.harzing.com/pop.htm Publish or Perish] tool as a way to illustrate &amp;quot;how online access...can be used to develop sophisticated metrics of research impact.&amp;quot; These metrics may be used to &amp;quot;deliver a research record summary&amp;quot; for each researcher, which may be used in performance evaluation (though Sale cautions against using institutional repository metrics for promotion). Download reports can be helpful for depositing authors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Smith, Courtney. 2010. [http://digitalcommons.bepress.com/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1003&amp;amp;context=newsletter It’s Not Just About Citation Counts Anymore: Usage reports incentivize repository participation at Butler and Wollongong.] Digital Commons.&lt;br /&gt;
** Courtney Smith writes about [http://www.butler.edu/ Butler University&#039;s] use of download metrics, which provide immediate and welcome feedback to authors (and deans) on usage, which appear to be popular: &amp;quot;Time and again, we hear from IR managers something like, &#039;Once our faculty members start to get those monthly download reports for their articles, they come back to me with more articles to post.&#039;&amp;quot; Efforts by the [http://www.uow.edu.au/index.html University of Wollongong] include &amp;quot;activity reports for every participating department [which include] number of items uploaded to the repository, number of downloads, most active authors, and &#039;fun facts.&#039;&amp;quot; These reports offer authors &amp;quot;a sense of competition and accomplishment,&amp;quot; and deans a measure of their department&#039;s output, which can aid in promotion decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Personalization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Fenner, Martin. 2010. [http://blogs.plos.org/mfenner/2010/10/26/self-motivated-vs-mandated-archiving/ Self-motivated vs. mandated archiving.] PLoS Blogs: Gobbledygook.&lt;br /&gt;
** Fenner&#039;s list of motivators for self-deposit, from his perspective as an active researcher at [http://www.mh-hannover.de/index.php?&amp;amp;L=1 Hannover Medical School], includes &amp;quot;unambiguously connect[ing content] to their creators&amp;quot; though the use of tools such as [http://about.orcid.org/ Open Researcher &amp;amp; Contributor ID] (ORCID). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Foster, Nancy Fried, and Susan Gibbons. 2005. [http://www.dlib.org/dlib/january05/foster/01foster.html Understanding faculty to improve content recruitment for institutional repositories.] &#039;&#039;D-Lib Magazine&#039;&#039; 11(1): doi:10.1045/january2005-foster. &lt;br /&gt;
** The [http://www.rochester.edu/ University of Rochester’s] [https://urresearch.rochester.edu/viewResearcherBrowse.action “Researcher Page”] offers faculty personalization within its institutional repository. This DSpace add-on enables the “collocation of the material into collections and the labeling of those collections” by each faculty member. Interested faculty build their personal research collection, which can list contact information, research interests, and a photo alongside their work. By doing so, the researcher creates an individualized space within the repository, branding work as her/his own.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Kolowich, Steve. 2010. [http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2010/03/02/repositories Encouraging open access.] Inside Higher Ed News.&lt;br /&gt;
** The [http://www.rochester.edu/ University of Rochester] has created &amp;quot;an online &#039;workspace&#039;...where [researchers] can upload and preserve different versions of an article they are working on&amp;quot; in an effort to &amp;quot;to make putting the piece into the repository a seamless part of the work flow.&amp;quot; In addition to creating a designated space for researchers to share their works in process, the repository also gives faculty the ability to &amp;quot;archive and organize the articles they have published there on personal &#039;researcher pages&#039;&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Royster, Paul. 2010. [http://digitalcommons.bepress.com/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1003&amp;amp;context=newsletter Paul Johnsgard’s &#039;&#039;Cranes of the World&#039;&#039; brings a lifetime of content to the IR: How the Nebraska-Lincoln repository developed a substantial, and sometimes unexpected, collection of digital works for one emeritus faculty]. Digital Commons.&lt;br /&gt;
** Paul Royster, of the [http://www.unl.edu/ University of Nebraska-Lincoln], discusses the potential for rich additions to institutional repositories to be found in the collection of archival material from emeritus professors. For example, Paul Johnsgard, a former biological sciences professor, offered many articles and several books to be digitized. The out-of-print titles were given a new life, and manuscripts that did not have a commercial market and were never published gained exposure. Johnsgard notes, &amp;quot;I also have been stimulated to undertake or complete some additional writing projects that I never would otherwise have finished [and] Digital Commons has allowed me to make unusually effective use of my time since my retirement...I can still make my contributions matter and my influence felt at a national and international level.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Sale, Arthur. 2010. [https://mx2.arl.org/Lists/SPARC-OAForum/Message/5427.html Advice on filling your repository.] SPARC-OAForum Message 5427. &lt;br /&gt;
** Arthur Sale, of the [http://www.utas.edu.au/ University of Tasmania], suggests including a means for researchers to link to an up-to-date and comprehensive list of their deposited papers on their personal website, and provides an [http://eprints.utas.edu.au/es/index.php?action=show_detail_eprint;id=410 example] of his own work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Suber, Peter. 2006. [http://www.earlham.edu/~peters/fos/2006/10/connecting-authorship-with-self.html Connecting authorship with self-archiving.] Open Access News.&lt;br /&gt;
** Peter Suber comments on the press release of the [http://www.rochester.edu/ University of Rochester&#039;s] grant reward from the [http://www.imls.gov/ Institute of Museum and Library Services]; the award was used &amp;quot;to create a new type of authoring system for the next generation of academics, who will then link to our institutional repository for preservation and self-publishing of completed manuscripts.&amp;quot; Prior research efforts drove the development efforts for the new system. Find the full press release [http://media-newswire.com/release_1038710.html here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proxy deposit/harvesting ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Burnhill, Peter, Pablo de Castro, Jim Dowling, Richard Jones, and Mogens Sandfaer. [http://hdl.handle.net/10016/9257 Handling repository-related interoperability issues: The SONEX Workgroup.] In Pre-Proceedings of the 2nd DL.org Workshop &amp;quot;Making Digital Libraries Interoperable: Challenges and Approaches&amp;quot;: September 9-10, 2010, Glasgow, Scotland, ed. Donatella Castelli, Yannis Ioannidis, and Seamus Ross, 45-56. &lt;br /&gt;
** Burnhill et al. report on the proceedings from the SONEX workshop, aiming to &amp;quot;describe, analyse and make recommendations on deposit opportunities&amp;quot;. Automation and interoperability were highlighted, with an acknowledgment that &amp;quot;Whatever a repository manager holds is potentially of interest to another&amp;quot;. Several case studies were highlighted as methods for increasing institutional repository deposit, including institutional/national-level &amp;quot;Current Research Information System...transfer of objects plus agreed metadata into all relevant IRs,&amp;quot; publisher deposit on behalf of authors, and &amp;quot;[f]unders and subject repositories as use communities&amp;quot; that &amp;quot;share the work of establishing relationships and technical interfaces&amp;quot; to ensure that publications appear in all relevant repositories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Harnad, Stevan. 2010. [http://openaccess.eprints.org/index.php?/archives/748-Funders-Should-Mandate-Institutional-Deposit-and,-if-desired,-central-harvest.html Funders Should Mandate Institutional Deposit (and, if desired, central harvest)]. Open Access Archivangelism.&lt;br /&gt;
** In a policy article, Stevan Harnad posits that to increase deposits to institutional repositories, mandates need to be aimed at populating local institutional repositories rather than central repositories, like PubMed. Such a policy would be actionable with software, such as SWORD, that would  &amp;quot;[ensure] central collections are harvested from distributed IRs, rather than being designated as the loci of direct deposit.&amp;quot; Central repository collections would still be populated, but the onus on the author would be to deposit only once to their local institution&#039;s repository.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. MIT Libraries, 2010. [http://web.mit.edu/newsoffice/2010/open-access-policy.html MIT’s Open Access policy, one year later.] MIT News.&lt;br /&gt;
** This MIT News article highlights [http://web.mit.edu/ MIT&#039;s] efforts to work with cooperative publishers to support the deposit of MIT author-published work into the institutional repository by &amp;quot;[capturing] copies of the final published PDF for deposit, so that authors do not need to take any action in order to have their articles openly accessible.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;.  Najko, Jahn, and Mathias Lösch. 2010. [http://libreas.wordpress.com/2010/03/25/projektbericht-automatische-aggregation-wissenschaftlicher-volltexte-fur-die-anreicherung-von-oa-repositorien/ Projektbericht: Automatische Aggregation wissenschaftlicher Volltexte für die Anreicherung von OA-Repositorien.] LIBREAS.Library Ideas. [Note: Translated from German by Google Translate.]&lt;br /&gt;
** In light of two projects currently in process at the [http://www.uni-bielefeld.de/International/ Bielefeld University], [http://www.ub.uni-bielefeld.de/biblio/projects/publister.htm PubLister] and [http://www.ub.uni-bielefeld.de/biblio/projects/oai_projekt.htm Automatic enrichment of OAI metadata using computational methods and developing its services for content-based networking of repositories], Najko and Lösch use webometrics to examine whether with &amp;quot;the apparent wealth of personal data publication lists...commercial Web search engines are likely to aggregate in a relatively short time and with comparatively little effort, a critical body of scientific publications.&amp;quot; Their results were positive, and they conclude that &amp;quot;by generating automatic extraction of full-text links and their automatic contextualization of using commercial search engines in a short time, a significant list of publications available...can [be found]. If this information is included as an incentive in the service of a university publication, perhaps even combined with the offer to the author, [that] his publications found to integrate semi-automatically in a repository, it could speed up the collection development of electronic documents significantly.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Palmer, Carole L., Lauren C. Teffeau, and Mark P. Newman. 2008. [http://docs.lib.purdue.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1131&amp;amp;context=lib_research Strategies for institutional repository development: A case study of three evolving initiatives.] Library Trends, 57(2): 142-167.&lt;br /&gt;
** Palmer et al. offer a case study of three libraries and their approaches to filling their institutional repositories with content. One of the profiled institutions &amp;quot;brokered arrangements directly with publishers to acquire copyrighted, peer-reviewed journal papers written by their faculty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;coordinated with departments for bulk ingests.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Russell, Rosemary, and Michael Day. 2010. [http://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/13614533.2010.509996 Institutional repository interaction with research users: A review of current practice.] New Review of Academic Librarianship 16(Supplement1): 116-131.&lt;br /&gt;
** In their literature review, Russell and Day impress the importance of engaging with one&#039;s local research community before launching a repository, so that services best mirror researcher needs at the outset. They also highlight the value of &amp;quot;flexible repository architectures&amp;quot; that enable metadata and content sharing, and harvesting. Russell and Day mention [http://www.economistsonline.org/home# Economists Online] as an example of a subject repository that is populated with content &amp;quot;from 22 institutional repositories across Europe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Texas Digital Library, 2010. [http://www.tdl.org/2010/09/tdl-releases-vireo-etd-system-opensource-software/ TDL releases Vireo ETD System as open-source software.] News.&lt;br /&gt;
** The [http://www.tdl.org/ Texas Digital Library] created an open source electronic thesis and dissertation management system, [http://sourceforge.net/projects/vireo/ Vireo], providing &amp;quot;an expert management interface that lets graduate offices and libraries move the ETD through the approval workflow and publish it in an institutional repository&amp;quot; once a student has submitted it for approval. Partial funding for the project was made available through an [http://www.imls.gov/ Institute of Museum and Library Services] grant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Yeomans, Joanne. 2006. [http://library.web.cern.ch/library/Webzine/12/papers/2/ CERN&#039;s Open Access E-print Coverage in 2006: Three Quarters Full and Counting.] High Energy Physics Libraries Webzine.&lt;br /&gt;
** Joanne Yeomans, of the [http://library.web.cern.ch/library/ CERN Library], discusses the CERN Document Server&#039;s (CDS) coverage. &amp;quot;Metadata harvesting is performed at such a level that the Library believes it retrieves bibliographic records for almost 100% of CERN&#039;s own documents.&amp;quot; The high rate of full-text articles in CDS is attributable to a long-standing policy and digitization efforts by the library staff; additionally, CERN has permission from the American Physical Society to upload CERN-authored content to the CDS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Talking about a policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Academic freedom ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some faculty object that a draft OA policy infringes their academic freedom. &lt;br /&gt;
** If they object that it will limit their freedom to submit new work to the journals of their choice, then they are mistaking the green policy for a gold policy. They are mistaking a policy about depositing in an OA repository for a policy about submitting to OA journals. To avoid this mistake and the groundless objections it triggers, make sure that faculty understand the difference between requiring deposit in a certain kind of repository and requiring submission to a certain kind of journal, and make sure they understand that this policy does the former and not the latter. Be explicit in reassuring faculty that they remain free to submit their work to the journals of their choice.&lt;br /&gt;
** If they object that some journals will not allow OA on the university&#039;s terms, and that faculty will be effectively barred from publishing in those journals, then they are forgetting about the waiver option. Faculty may submit their work to such a journal; if it is accepted, faculty may publish in that journal simply by obtaining a waiver, which the university will always grant, no questions asked. In fact, allowing this is the primary rationale for including the waiver option in the policy. Be explicit in reassuring faculty that they remain free to submit work to the journals of their choice and remain free to decide for or against OA for each of their publications.&lt;br /&gt;
** If they object that it will diminish their rights or control over their work, then they don&#039;t understand the rights-retention aspect of the policy, the terms of standard publishing contracts, or both. Authors sign away most of their rights under standard publishing contracts. In fact, increasing author rights and control is the primary rationale of a rights-retention OA policy. Be explicit in reassuring them that they have more rights and control over their work under this policy than under a standard publishing agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
** If they object that it will give the university ownership of their work, then they don&#039;t understand non-exclusive rights, the terms of standard publishing contracts, or both. The policy grants no exclusive rights to the institution, only non-exclusive rights. By contrast, faculty routinely grant exclusive rights to publishers through standard publishing agreements. &lt;br /&gt;
** If they object that they will be subject to a new form of coercion, then they are overlooking the waiver option or misinterpreting the word &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot;, or both. If this kind of policy is called a &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot;, it&#039;s only because the policy is stronger than a request or encouragement. But it&#039;s not a mandate in any other sense, since faculty retain the freedom to decide for or against OA for every one of their publications. Where the word &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot; may be a problem, don&#039;t use the word, and where the word is already causing problems, help faculty focus on the terms of the policy rather than the implications of a very imperfect label for the policy.&lt;br /&gt;
*** More under &amp;quot;Mandate&amp;quot; below.&lt;br /&gt;
** These objections are especially common on campuses where faculty distrust of administrators runs high. Sometimes faculty do understand the green/gold distinction, the waiver option, rights-retention, and non-exclusive rights. But when they distrust administrators, they often see a draft OA policy as an attempted power grab by the administration. When this is a risk, be especially clear on the points above (the green/gold distinction, the waiver option, rights-retention, and non-exclusive rights), but also be clear on the fact that the policy is a faculty initiative. It is drafted by faculty and will be voted upon by faculty. Be clear that it enhances author prerogatives (control over their work and distribution channels for their work), while preserving their freedom to decide for or against OA and submit their work to the journals of their choice, and that is why so many OA policies have been approved by [http://oad.simmons.edu/oadwiki/Unanimous_faculty_votes unanimous faculty votes].&lt;br /&gt;
** At schools where faculty worry that administrators may claim control over faculty publications under the work-for-hire doctrine, the OA policy could be framed as a reaffirmation that these rights belong to faculty. The policy grants the (non-exclusive) rights to the institution, but this would not be possible if the rights did not belong to faculty. The policy could be construed as a way to deny work-for-hire and then to grant the institution non-exclusive rights for faculty benefit on faculty terms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;quot;Compliance&amp;quot; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harvard-style policies have three components: permission, waivers, and  deposits. On the first component (permissions), compliance reaches 100% as soon as the policy is adopted. On the second component (waivers), campus leaders should acknowledge that faculty who obtain waivers are still complying with the policy. They are not violating the letter or spirit of the policy. The policy deliberately accommodates those who need or want waivers. The third component (deposits) often requires education, assistance, and incentives. But even though the deposit rate generally starts low and grows slowly, and occupies most of the attention of those charged with implementing a policy, it doesn&#039;t follow that the deposit rate is the only component of the compliance rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;quot;Institutional repository&amp;quot; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* University OA policies generally require deposit in the institutional repository, and we recommend that practice. In this sense, an institutional repository tries to gather the research output of an institution, as opposed to a central, subject, or disciplinary repository, which tries to gather the research output of a field. When we&#039;re discussing different kinds of repository, &amp;quot;institutional repository&amp;quot; is unambiguous and unfrightening.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* However, many faculty do not realize that institutional repositories are indexed by major (academic and non-academic) search engines, and are interoperable with other repositories. Many faculty think that an institutional repository is a walled garden or a silo of content only visible to people who know the repository exists and take the trouble to make a special visit and run a special search. In addition, most faculty identify more with their field than their institution. Hence, when we&#039;re discussing the terms of a university OA policy, the term &amp;quot;institutional repository&amp;quot; may reinforce these false belief that the deposited works are institution-bound, invisible, and provincially identified with an institution more than with the author or topic. In discussing university OA policies, then, it may be better to emphasize the sense which institutional repositories are OA, open for indexing by any search engine, and interoperable with other repositories. They do not wall off content into institutional silos but openly distribute content using institutional resources. They are designed to expose content to searchers, and most readers will find the repository&#039;s content through cross-repository searches than through local searches or browsing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;quot;Mandate&amp;quot; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the word &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot; suggests commands or coercion incompatible with academic freedom, then avoid the word &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot;. The policy recommended here is not implemented through commands or coercion. First, it is self-imposed by faculty vote. Second, it contains a waiver option and merely shifts the default. It would be a mistake to let the understandable desire to avoid the ugly implications of the word &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot; lead faculty to defeat a policy that was not a mandate in the ugly sense. The kind of policy recommended here preserves faculty freedom to choose for or against OA for every publication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ///quote from parts of PS short book; we may still want to emphasize that this kind of policy is stronger than a mere request or encouragement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;quot;Opt-out&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;opt-in&amp;quot; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A waiver option creates an &amp;quot;opt-out&amp;quot; policy. In that sense in &amp;quot;shifts the default&amp;quot; from lack of permission for OA to permission for OA. After a rights-retention policy is adopted, faculty who don&#039;t lift a finger are granting the institution permission to make their future work OA; if they want a different outcome, they must lift a finger and obtain a waiver. The fact that the policy merely shifts the default, and still allows an opt-out or waiver, means that it is not a &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot; in at least one common sense of the term. The word &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot; may suggest a kind of requirement deliberately omitted from the policy. (On the other side, the policy is considerably stronger than a mere request or encouragement, and English has few words other than &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot; to describe such a policy.) The waiver option or opt-out means that faculty remain free to choose for or against OA for each of their publications. The default shift means that most faculty most of the time will choose for OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some institutions adopt what they call &amp;quot;opt-in&amp;quot; policies. But in effect the institution already had an opt-in policy and didn&#039;t need to adopt a policy to give the faculty the right to opt in to OA. In that sense, the opposite of an &amp;quot;opt-out&amp;quot; policy is not an &amp;quot;opt-in&amp;quot; policy, but a no-waiver policy (which is stronger) or a non-policy (which is weaker).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;quot;Waivers&amp;quot; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The university should make works in the repository OA whenever it has permission to do so. The policy is one source of permission. When a faculty member obtains a waiver for a given article, then the university does not have OA permission from the policy for that article. But if the university has permission from another source, such as the publisher, then it doesn&#039;t need permission from the policy. A waiver of the license or permission under the university policy doesn&#039;t waive the license or permission that the university may have from the publisher. Hence, no one should talk about waivers as if they flatly block OA permission for a given work. They only block OA permission from the policy, not from other sources such as the publisher. In fact, the policy proponents should be explicit that the institution will make deposited work OA whenever it has permission to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
** Some faculty will overlook or misinterpret the waiver option and object that the policy limits their options and infringes their academic freedom. (We respond to this objection above.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Some faculty who are strong proponents of OA will raise the opposite objection, and argue that the waiver option should be deleted. They worry that it will gut the policy. They believe the waiver rate will be high --say, 40% 60% or 80%-- when the experience at every school with a waiver option is that the waiver rate is low. At Harvard it is below 5% and at MIT it&#039;s below 2%. Moreover, removing the waiver option will make it impossible to answer certain objections based on academic freedom. Not only could an unwaivable policy infringe academic freedom, it could fail to muster the votes needed to pass. Those pushing too hard too fast for an unwaivable OA policy may get no policy at all and make the perfect an enemy of the good. Lesson: don&#039;t underestimate the ways in which shifting the default can change behavior on a large scale.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shieber</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Talk:Best_practices_for_university_OA_policies&amp;diff=759</id>
		<title>Talk:Best practices for university OA policies</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Talk:Best_practices_for_university_OA_policies&amp;diff=759"/>
		<updated>2012-06-04T14:45:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shieber: Created page with &amp;quot;To add: * approaches to guaranteeing survival of nonexclusive license ** Harvard approach: get affirmations ** MIT approach: notify publishers ** link to &amp;quot;Opening the door : H...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;To add:&lt;br /&gt;
* approaches to guaranteeing survival of nonexclusive license&lt;br /&gt;
** Harvard approach: get affirmations&lt;br /&gt;
** MIT approach: notify publishers&lt;br /&gt;
** link to &amp;quot;Opening the door : How faculty authors can implement an open access policy at their institutions&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* The &amp;quot;art history problem&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Shieber|Shieber]] 10:45, 4 June 2012 (EDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shieber</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Best_practices_for_university_OA_policies&amp;diff=756</id>
		<title>Best practices for university OA policies</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Best_practices_for_university_OA_policies&amp;diff=756"/>
		<updated>2012-06-04T14:15:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shieber: /* Automated deposit tools */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* This is a guide to best practices for university OA policies.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The doc is far from complete. All the entries to date are tentative. Some are very unpolished. Undecided questions are marked with three slashes (///).&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Currently the doc is private in the sense that no web pages deliberately link to it.  However, I believe that some pages automatically created by the wiki software will link to it.  Is that private enough for our purposes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Incorporate ideas and language from these docs:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Harvard&#039;s annotated [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/modelpolicy Model OA Policy]&lt;br /&gt;
** Harvard&#039;s guidelines and FAQs&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/authors/policy_guide for authors]&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/publishers for publishers]&lt;br /&gt;
** the [http://osc.hul.harvard.edu/dash/termsofuse DASH terms of use], which make DASH deposits libre OA&lt;br /&gt;
** PS article on [http://www.earlham.edu/~peters/fos/newsletter/02-02-09.htm#choicepoints OA policy options for funding agencies and universities]&lt;br /&gt;
** Alma Swan&#039;s [http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0021/002158/215863e.pdf Policy Guidelines for the Development and Promotion of Open Access], UNESCO, March 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
** the recommendations in the BOAI-10 doc&lt;br /&gt;
** SPARC [http://www.arl.org/sparc/bm~doc/sparc_boycott_next_steps.pdf guide for campus action]&lt;br /&gt;
** Emily Kilcer is researching recommendations for encouraging or incentivizing repository deposits; see the section below on [[#Filling the repository|filling a repository]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;To do list&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Delete these notes to ourselves. Replace them with a preface for the public.&lt;br /&gt;
** Find and remove all cases of the three slashes (///).&lt;br /&gt;
** Elaborate each entry with some rationale, including (as far as possible) links to literature and evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
** Decide whether to make all or some of it public.&lt;br /&gt;
** Decide whether the public version will stay here (the HOAP wiki) or move to another location and perhaps another format.&lt;br /&gt;
** If we keep it in wiki format, decide whether it&#039;s too large for one page. Should we break it into separate wiki pages, e.g. on drafting, adopting, implementing, and talking? It would help to decide this soon so that we can cross-link from one section to another without breaking all the links later.&lt;br /&gt;
** Decide how to indicate the growth and evolution of our recommendations. (I suggest version numbers and release dates.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Decide who is authorized to revise this doc. (At the moment, it&#039;s just the HOAP principals.) &lt;br /&gt;
** Try *not* to make recommendations on points where there is no &amp;quot;best practice&amp;quot; yet, and say so; that will explain some of our omissions; it will also show that we&#039;re open to new ideas; decide whether we should omit any current recommendations until support or evidence for them solidifies further&lt;br /&gt;
** Before release, get other key partners to make their own suggestions and sign on to the result, e.g. SPARC, EOS, EIFL, MIT. &lt;br /&gt;
*** Make offer to COAPI, for courtesy; but don&#039;t expect sign-on since it (deliberately) wants to be hospitable to institutions with any kind of policy, strong or weak  &lt;br /&gt;
** Consider writing an executive summary of the guide, for rapid orientation or busy committees. Or consider making two editions, a short one for busy committees and a full-length version for everyone else.&lt;br /&gt;
** Consider including a (dynamic) section on frequently asked questions and frequently heard objections and misunderstandings &lt;br /&gt;
** Investigate tools for making nice printouts of wiki pages, or tools for translating wikis into other formats (e.g. PDF) for printing; if possible, built those tools into the best-practices guide so that users can have a handsome, one-click printout of the latest version&lt;br /&gt;
** Eventually make a second guide for funder policies. It could be a separate doc, or it could be a new section of this doc (&amp;quot;Follow all the recommendations above but with these subtractions and additions based on the different circumstances of universities and funders&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Drafting a policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Decide the type of policy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There are several ways for university OA policies to avoid copyright infringement:&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 1 --&amp;gt; The policy grants the institution certain non-exclusive rights to future research articles published by faculty. This sort of policy typically offers a waiver option or opt-out for authors. It also requires deposit in the repository.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 2 --&amp;gt; The policy requires faculty to retain certain non-exclusive rights when they publish future research articles. It also requires deposit in the repository.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 3 --&amp;gt; The policy seeks no rights at all. It requires dark deposit in the repository until the institution can obtain permission to make the work OA, for example, from a publisher policy to allow green OA after an embargo. &amp;lt;!-- If the institution never obtains permission for OA, then the dark deposit never becomes OA. However, the repository can provide OA to the metadata from the moment of deposit. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 4 --&amp;gt; The policy seeks no rights at all and does not require dark deposits. It requires repository deposit and OA, but only when the author&#039;s publisher permits them.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 5 --&amp;gt; The policy does not require OA in any sense, but merely requests or encourages it.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &amp;lt;!-- 6 --&amp;gt; The policy does not require OA in any sense, but asks faculty to &amp;quot;opt in&amp;quot; to a policy under which they are expected to deposit their work in the repository and authorize it to be OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We recommend type #1 in this guide. Most of the remaining best practices are about that sort of policy.&lt;br /&gt;
** When type #1 policies are politically unattainable on a certain campus, then we recommend #3. We put #1 ahead of #3 because it actually provides permission to make articles OA through the repository.&lt;br /&gt;
** When #1 and #3 are both politically unattainable on a certain campus, we recommend #5.&lt;br /&gt;
** We do not recommend #2 because it requires faculty to negotiate with publishers. That is difficult to do. Many faculty are intimidated by the prospect and will not to do it. And even if all tried it, some will succeed and some will fail.&lt;br /&gt;
** We do not recommend #4 because it allows publishers to opt out at will.  Some institutions incorrectly believe that it&#039;s the only way to avoid copyright infringement. But all the policy types listed above avoid infringement.&lt;br /&gt;
** We do not recommend #6 because it is equivalent to no policy at all. Faculty may already opt in to the practice of self-archiving and OA. This sort of policy differs little from #5 except by leaving the impression that asking faculty to opt in to an OA policy is somehow different from requesting or encouraging OA itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Grant of rights to the institution ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should be worded so that the the act of adopting it thereby grants the university certain non-exclusive rights. It should not merely ask, encourage, or require faculty to retain certain rights when they sign future publishing contracts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By granting the rights at the time the policy is adopted, in advance of future publications, the policy makes it unnecessary for faculty to negotiate with publishers. It secures the rights even when faculty fail to request them, and secures the same rights for every faculty member, not just the rights that a given faculty member may succeed in obtaining from a given publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deposit in the repository ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should require faculty to deposit a certain version of their future scholarly articles in the institutional repository.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deposited version ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should apply to the final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript, not to the published edition. The final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript contains the text approved by peer review. It should also include all the charts, graphics, and illustrations which the author has permission to deposit. It does not include any post-review copy editing done by the journal, the journal&#039;s pagination, or the journal&#039;s look and feel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should encourage deposit of the published version when the author has permission. All OA journals should give permission for this, although some will not. Few TA journals will give permission for this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should allow journals, at their choice, to replace the final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript with the published version. Some journals will make this substitution to prevent multiple versions from circulating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deposit timing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Faculty should deposit their peer-reviewed manuscripts at the time of acceptance for publication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the policy respects an embargo decision (from the author or publisher), the deposit should still be made at the time of acceptance. But it will be a &#039;&#039;dark deposit&#039;&#039; until the embargo period runs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Waiver option ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should make clear that the institution will grant waivers no questions asked.  Faculty needn&#039;t meet a burden of proof or offer a justification which might be accepted or rejected. To prevent needless fear or confusion on this point, the policy should refer to &amp;quot;obtaining&amp;quot; a waiver rather than &amp;quot;requesting&amp;quot; a waiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The waiver option should apply only to the grant of rights to the institution (also called the license or the permission), not to the deposit in the repository. Faculty should deposit their articles even if they obtain waivers; these would be dark deposits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A given waiver should apply to a given publication. The policy should not allow standing waivers; that would defeat the purpose of shifting the default to permission for OA. Faculty who want waivers for separate publications should obtain separate waivers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A waiver for a particular article means that the institution does not receive the policy&#039;s usual bundle of non-exclusive rights for that article. Hence, for that article the university will not have permission from the policy to make a copy OA. But the university may have permission from another source, such as the publisher, to make a copy OA. For example, if the publisher allows green OA six months after publication, then the university will eventually have OA permission from the publisher even if it doesn&#039;t have OA permission under the policy. If the university has a copy of the article on dark deposit in the repository, then it may make the repository copy OA as soon as the publisher allows. Hence, the waiver provision of the policy should not promise that the university will never make a copy OA. On the contrary, the policy may say that the university will make faculty work OA whenever it has permission to do so. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Scope of coverage, by content category ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy can require deposit for some kinds of content (e.g. manuscripts published in peer-reviewed journals) and encourage deposit of other kinds (e.g. conference presentations, books or book chapters, datasets, theses and dissertations).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Scope of coverage, by time ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Neither the grant of rights nor the deposit requirement should be retroactive. But the policy might encourage deposit of works published prior to the adoption of the policy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Licensing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Institutions with Harvard-style policies have the rights needed to put open licenses (such as CC-BY) on faculty works deposited under the policy. But they need not take advantage of those rights, or need not do so right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transferring rights back to the author ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The Harvard policy not only transfers rights to the institution, but allows the institution to transfer rights to others. Here&#039;s the key language: &amp;quot;More speciﬁcally, each Faculty member grants to [university name] a nonexclusive, irrevocable, worldwide license to exercise any and all rights under copyright relating to each of his or her scholarly articles...provided that the articles are not sold for a proﬁt, and to authorize others to do the same.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The primary purpose of this language is to allow the institution to &#039;&#039;transfer rights back to the author&#039;&#039;. The effect is that authors retain (or regain) rights to their work, including rights that they transferred away in their publishing contracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ///Have I understood this correctly? Is it fair to say that authors retain/regain &#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039; rights to their work, or all rights &#039;&#039;except the right to allow commercial use&#039;&#039;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Implementation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should include a provision giving a certain committee or unit responsibility for implementing the policy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All in all, the policy should be minimal and say only what it absolutely must say. The rest can be left to the committee or unit implementing the policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Separating the issues ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A university with a green OA policy may (and we think, should) also launch a fund to help faculty pay publication fees at fee-based OA journals. But the green OA policy should make clear that it is separate from the journal fund. Otherwise faculty may think that the policy itself requires faculty to submit new work to OA journals (a common and harmful misunderstanding).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A university requiring green OA may also encourage gold OA. But it should be careful about doing both the same document. Where it has been tried, faculty too easily come to believe that the policy requires gold OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some other recommendations on separating the issues are included below under [[#Adopting a policy|Adopting a policy]] (&amp;quot;Educating faculty about the policy before the vote&amp;quot;). But certain explanations belong in the policy itself, to help deter misunderstandings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adopting a policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adopting authority ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The policy should be adopted by the faculty, not the administration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Campus entrepreneurs leading the campaign for a policy should be faculty. If the idea and initial momentum came from librarians or administrators, they should find faculty members willing to lead the effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Because the policy will apply to faculty more than others, it should be a faculty initiative and should be perceived to be a faculty initiative. Otherwise, many faculty will suspect or object that they are being coerced. The question should be what do faculty want for themselves, and what expectations are faculty willing to impose on themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Educating faculty about the policy before the vote ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Make clear that the policy requires deposit in an OA repository, not submission to an OA journal. (It&#039;s about green OA, not gold OA.) It does not limit faculty freedom to submit work to the journals of their choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Make clear that the waiver option guarantees that faculty are free to decide for or against OA for every one of their publications. The policy merely shifts the default from non-deposit and non-OA to deposit and OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Make clear that &amp;quot;softening&amp;quot; the policy to &#039;&#039;opt-in&#039;&#039; is pointless. All institutions without opt-out policies already have opt-in policies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Make clear that the waiver option also gives publishers the right to require a waiver as a condition of publication. Hence, publishers who decide that the costs exceed the benefits may protect themselves at will simply by requiring waivers. Moreover, they may protect themselves without refusing to publish faculty at institutions with OA policies. Hence, faculty who worry about the policy&#039;s effect on certain favorite publishers, such as society publishers, should understand that the policy already gives those publishers the means to protect themselves, if they see the need to do so. Faculty needn&#039;t paternalize those publishers by voting down the policy. Those publishers are in the best position to decide whether publishing authors without waivers causes them harm, and whether require waivers as a condition of publication. &lt;br /&gt;
** Faculty who want to take an extra step to protect certain publishers should explain to them how the waiver option enables them to protect themselves. Many publishers do not understand that. In our experience, publisher objections to university OA policies either assume that all such policies are unwaivable, or do not take the waiver option into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Also see the recommendations on [[#Talking about a policy|Talking about a policy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other tips for the adoption process ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Toward the end of the drafting process, and during the whole of the campus education process, the drafting committee should host a series of face-to-face meetings to answer questions and objections. Don&#039;t rush the vote. Keep holding these meetings until faculty stop coming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Where it would help (and only where it would help), point out how a draft policy uses language successfully adopted and implemented elsewhere. Some faculty are not aware of the number of successful policies elsewhere. Some may think the institution is sailing in uncharted waters. Some may fortify their OA motivation with their motivation to play catch-up with certain rival institutions.&lt;br /&gt;
** ///if we leave this recommendation in, and if we continue to recommend harvard-style policies, then incorporate our list of institutions with harvard-style policies into this doc; and decide how to deal with institutions that started with harvard-style language and then botched it in revision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementing a policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Launching a repository ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution must have an institutional repository. Most schools launch a repository before adopting a policy to fill it, but some do it the other way around. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Individualized writing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Under US copyright law ([http://codes.lp.findlaw.com/uscode/17/2/205 17 USC 205.e]) a &amp;quot;nonexclusive license...prevails over a conflicting transfer of copyright ownership if the license is evidenced by a written instrument signed by the owner of the rights licensed or such owner&#039;s duly authorized agent.&amp;quot; Hence, universities implementing the kind of policy recommended here --granting non-exclusive rights to the institution-- should ask authors to sign a &amp;quot;written instrument&amp;quot; affirming the policy. When authors sign such a statement, the grant of rights embodied in the policy will prevail over a later publishing contract inconsistent with the policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This provision doesn&#039;t say that in the absence of a written instrument, the nonexclusive license will &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; prevail over a later contract inconsistent with the policy. A university may take the position that the nonexclusive license in the policy will prevail in any case, and probably never have to test its position in court. But to be safe, it&#039;s best to get a written affirmation of the grant of rights (or license) as specified by 17 USC 205.e.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At Harvard, articles enter the repository by two paths: a faculty member may deposit articles directly or an assistant may deposit an article on behalf of a faculty member. In the former case, one dialog box in the deposit process asks the faculty member to affirm the grant of rights (the license) in the policy. In the latter case, Harvard asks the faculty member to sign an assistance authorization form containing an affirmation of the grant of rights. When new faculty are hired, they are asked to sign a form affirming the grant of rights as well. These forms count as a written instrument for the purpose of 17 USC 205.e.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Facilitating deposits ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the budget permits, the institution should train student workers to make deposits on behalf of faculty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The repository should make traffic data available to authors. Evidence suggests that this encourages deposits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The repository should publicize the &amp;quot;most viewed&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;most downloadaded&amp;quot; articles, and the &amp;quot;most viewed&amp;quot; departments, e.g. on the repository front page or in a regular column in the school newspaper. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ///replace this section with the new and growing section on [[#Incentivizing deposits in the repository|incentivizing deposits]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Facilitating waivers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution should create a web form through which faculty can obtain waivers. This not only streamlines bookkeeping, but proves to faculty that the process is easy and automatic. Harvard can share code for such a web form (true?///). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some publishers may require faculty to obtain a waiver as a condition of publication. Institutions should not try to prevent this. Accommodating these publisher policies proves that publishers have the means to protect themselves, if they choose to use them; and that fact makes it unnecessary for faculty to protect or &amp;quot;paternalize&amp;quot; their favorite publishers (e.g. society publishers) by refusing to vote for a policy. On the other hand, the institution may want to talk with publishers who take this position, to see whether they can work out an accommodation. For example, it is better for the institutional to provide OA under an embargo than for the author to obtain a waiver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Author addenda ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Because the policy already grants the institution the rights needed for OA, faculty need not obtain those rights from publishers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An [http://oad.simmons.edu/oadwiki/Author_addenda author addendum] is one way for authors to request rights that a standard publishing contract does not otherwise allow. Hence, for policies of the kind we recommend, author addenda are as unnecessary for the same reason that individual author-publisher negotiations are unnecessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* However, author addenda may be desirable anyway. An author addendum can alert the publisher that the author&#039;s institution already possesses certain non-exclusive rights. This can prevent misunderstandings on each side. It can also prevent authors from signing publisher contracts which (without the addendum) are inconsistent with the university&#039;s OA policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* See the section on &amp;quot;individualized writing&amp;quot; above for the reasons why a well-implemented institutional OA policy would take priority over a later publishing contracts inconsistent with the policy. Because the policy takes priority, authors who sign publishing contracts inconsistent with the policy may be unable to live up to those contracts and may expose themselves to liability for breach of contract. This risk is entirely eliminated by an addendum modifying the contract to conform to the terms of the institutional policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- to prevent misunderstandings on either side, and to protect authors from liability for contract infringement (not copyright infringement), we recommend that faculty submit a Harvard-written addendum to the publisher&#039;s agreement explaining the rights already granted to Harvard. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multiple deposits ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a faculty member deposits a paper in a non-institutional repository (e.g. arXiv, PubMed Central, SSRN), the repository should harvest a copy. To avoid diluting the traffic numbers at the several repositories, all should comply with the (evolving) [http://www.jisc.ac.uk/whatwedo/programmes/pals3/pirus.aspx PIRUS] standards for sharing traffic data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a faculty member is subject to two OA policies (e.g. one from the institution and one from the funder), the institution should offer to make the deposit required by the funder. For example, most faculty at Harvard Medical School are subject to the NIH policy; if they deposit in the HMS repository, then HMS will insure that a copy is deposited in PubMed Central. If faculty think that an institutional policy will double their administrative burden, they will vote against it; the institution should make clear that a local policy will actually reduce their burden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dark deposits ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a deposit is dark (not yet OA), at least the metadata should be OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the repository software will support it, dark deposits should be set to open up automatically at the future date determined by the author decision or embargo period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If an author deposited a manuscript and obtained a waiver, then the institution does not have permission to make it OA &#039;&#039;under the policy&#039;&#039;. But the repository should make the manuscript OA if it can obtain permission from another source, such as a standing policy of the publisher&#039;s to allow OA after a certain embargo period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deposited versions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some authors will deposit the published version. (Sometimes they will mistakenly believe it is the version they ought to deposit; sometimes they will simply prefer it and demand to make it the OA version.) In this case, ask the author for the final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript. If the author can&#039;t find the right version or insists on depositing the published edition, make it a dark deposit and open it up in the future when you have permission from another source, such as the publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Repository indexing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The repository should be configured to support crawling by search engines. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Repository managers should check to see whether the contents are discoverable through major search engines, and follow-up any indexing failures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Repository withdrawals ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If a publisher sends a reasonable take-down request to the repository, the repository should always comply. (///But should the article be removed or merely go dark?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the author wishes to withdraw an article already on deposit (e.g. because it is mistaken, embarrassing, superseded by a newer version, etc.), then ///??&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Content beyond the policy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The institution should welcome the deposit of types of scholarly content, above and beyond the type covered by the policy. For example, if the policy focuses on peer-reviewed manuscripts of journal articles, the repository should welcome deposit of other categories of scholarship as well, such as electronic theses and dissertations, books or book chapters, datasets, and digitized work from other media for which it has permission to provide OA. If the policy covers peer-reviewed manuscripts published after a certain date, it should welcome the deposit of peer-reviewed manuscripts completed or published before that date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the policy only gives the institution permission to make certain kinds of content OA, the repository should welcome dark deposits where it doesn&#039;t have permission for OA, and in those cases it should provide OA to the metadata.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Treaties with publishers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some publishers may request certain dispensations, for example, that manuscripts published in their journals include a complete citation and link to the published edition. If the institution is comfortable acceding to the request, then it may ask something in return, for example, that the faculty will never need to obtain waivers to publish in the publisher&#039;s journals. These agreements may contain any provisions consistent with the policy and agreeable to both sides. (At Harvard they are called &amp;quot;treaties&amp;quot;.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Learning the denominator ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An institution can easily tell how many articles are on deposit in its repository. But it cannot easily tell how many articles ought to be on deposit. If it wants to calculate the deposit rate (number deposited divided by number that ought to be deposited), then it must find a way to ascertain the denominator. This is a critical piece of information in measuring the effectiveness of the policy and its implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some institutions ask faculty to submit an annual list of their publications. If so, the information should be shared with the repository managers. The raw list of publications is less helpful than one broken down by categories, such as books, journal articles, and so on. If the policy only covers journal articles (for example), then the relevant denominator is the number of journal articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working with publishers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* See the entry on author addenda. A well-written author addendum can explain to publishers what rights the author has already assigned to the institution. Hence it can prevent authors from signing publishing contracts they cannot fulfill, prevent misunderstandings on all sides, and prevent needless antagonism. However there are some other ways to achieve some of the same goals.&lt;br /&gt;
** Publishers who normally require transfer of exclusive rights, but who do not demand waivers from authors at your institution, can modify their publishing contracts to facilitate cooperation with the institution. For example, it would help both sides if publishers included a clause to this effect:  &amp;quot;Where applicable, Publisher acknowledges that Author&#039;s assignment of copyright or Author&#039;s grant of exclusive rights in the Publication Agreement is subject to Author&#039;s prior grant of a non-exclusive copyright license to Author&#039;s employing institution and/or to a funding entity that financially supported the research reflected in the Article as part of an agreement between Author or Author&#039;s employing institution and such funding entity, such as an agency of the United States government.&amp;quot; Such a clause would make addenda unnecessary for authors and publishers, and would cost the publisher nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
** ///move section on &amp;quot;treaties&amp;quot; here? or cross-ref to that section?&lt;br /&gt;
** ///add section on auto-deposit by publishers? on permission to deposit published editions? on permission to harvest published editions from the pub web site? on embargoes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Filling the repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This section could be a subsection within [[#Implementing a policy|Implementing a policy]]. But because it&#039;s large and still growing, we&#039;re making it a section to itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This section covers incentives for authors to deposit their work themselves, as well as other methods, human and machine, for getting their work into the repository.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This section is currently organized alphabetically by method and alphabetically by author within each method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This section makes note of software that can be used to facilitate the deposit of works and add value to repositories; mention of these tools are not intended as an endorsement, rather, they are noted as additional tools at the disposal of repository managers that may aid in efforts to populate a repository.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advocacy and education ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Brown, Josh, Kathy Sadler, and Martin Moyle. 2010. [http://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/116819/1/116819.pdf Influencing the Deposit of Electronic Theses in UK HE: Report on a sector-wide survey into thesis deposit and open access.] University College London.&lt;br /&gt;
** This JISC-funded study, led by the [http://www.ucl.ac.uk/ University College London], explored policies on, practices surrounding, and &amp;quot;barriers to the electronic deposit of e-theses&amp;quot; in the United Kingdom. Several of the identified concerns could be alleviated with education, and while there are limited examples of these being legitimate issues, the following were reported: &amp;quot;concern about the risks associated with third party copyright infringement in electronic theses (89 HEIs); about plagiarism (76 HEIs); about the inclusion of sensitive data within theses (75 HEIs); and that open e-thesis deposit might hinder an author&#039;s future publication prospects (72 HEIs).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Hubbard, Bill. 2010. [http://web.archive.org/web/20100831194756/http://researchcommunications.jiscinvolve.org/wp/2010/02/04/peer-baseline-why-dont-authors-deposit/ PEER Baseline – why don’t authors deposit?] Research Communications. &lt;br /&gt;
** Bill Hubbard from the [http://crc.nottingham.ac.uk/ Centre for Research Communications, University of Nottingham] discusses author concerns about depositing their work in institutional repositories. Foremost is that peer-reviewed work is listed alongside grey literature, but there are also concerns about &amp;quot;infringing copyright and infringing embargo periods;...the paper not having been &#039;properly edited by the publisher&#039;; not knowing of a suitable repository; a concern about plagiarism or unknown reuse; then not knowing how to deposit material in a repository and not knowing what a repository was.&amp;quot; In response, Hubbard notes that education and &amp;quot;continued, repetitive, hard slog advocacy of the basics&amp;quot; will ease these concerns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. JISC, 2010. [http://jiscreposit.blogspot.com/2010/08/literature-review-ctrep-cambridge-tetra.html Literature review: CTREP Cambridge TETRA Repositories Enhancement Project.] RePosit Project blog.&lt;br /&gt;
** This [http://www.cam.ac.uk/ University of Cambridge] and [http://www.uhi.ac.uk/ University of Highlands and Islands] project aimed to increase deposits to, satisfaction in, and &amp;quot;institutionalisation&amp;quot; of the institutional repository with &amp;quot;a technical integration tool which connected the Virtual Research Environment (VRE) to the IR.&amp;quot; Communication and relationship building are described as &amp;quot;vital&amp;quot; to the program&#039;s success, because &amp;quot;the focus had to remain on the institutionalisation of the IR.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Kim, Jihyun. 2010. [http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/asi.21336/abstract Faculty self-archiving: Motivations and barriers.] Journal of the American Society for Information Science and Technology 61(9): 1909–1922. [Note: This is a toll access article, requiring subscription.]&lt;br /&gt;
** Kim surveyed and interviewed 684 faculty members from 17 Carnegie institutions that use DSpace for their institutional repository, and found seven factors to be &amp;quot;significantly related&amp;quot; to deposit behavior: &amp;quot;copyright concerns, additional time and effort, and age...academic reward, altruism, self-archiving culture, and technical skills.&amp;quot; Of these factors, several may be addressed with education. Kim concluded that training on and assistance with the deposit process can &amp;quot;encourage faculty who are less adept at computers to participate.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. London School of Economics and Political Science. 2010. [http://eprints.lse.ac.uk/29804/1/Research_spectrum.pdf How LSE Research Online and an LSE Experts profile maximises your research visibility.] &lt;br /&gt;
** This Open Access Week poster from the [http://www2.lse.ac.uk/home.aspx London School of Economics and Political Science] clearly illustrates the value added from depositing in the [http://eprints.lse.ac.uk/ LSE Research Online] institutional repository in several bullet points: high visibility, professional profiles with accurate and comprehensive content, and copyright compliance. These benefits serve as a counterpoint to common author practices for posting their work on &amp;quot;personal webpages.&amp;quot; This simple advocacy tool highlights major talking points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Miller, Jonathan. 2010. [http://rollins-olin-library.blogspot.com/2010/06/creating-change-in-scholarly.html Creating change in scholarly communication.] The Director&#039;s Blog. &lt;br /&gt;
** Jonathan Miller of [http://www.rollins.edu/ Rollins College] got faculty involved with periodical reviews when canceling titles as a practical means of opening discussion on campus about scholarly communication; OA journals and repositories were then introduced as an alternative. Miller tailored his talking points toward different constituents; for example, &amp;quot;the provost was interested in institutional reputation, the Dean of Faculty by the idea of a stable repository of faculty publications, IT and the librarians in a hosted solution...which did not involve much staff time and expertise [and]...the faculty...in more visibility for their own research and a policy that was flexible.&amp;quot; He also partnered with &amp;quot;faculty champions&amp;quot; to work on creating support for an OA policy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Palmer, Carole L., Lauren C. Teffeau, and Mark P. Newman. 2008. [http://docs.lib.purdue.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1131&amp;amp;context=lib_research Strategies for institutional repository development: A case study of three evolving initiatives.] Library Trends, 57(2): 142-167.&lt;br /&gt;
** Palmer et al. offer a case study of three libraries and their approaches to filling their institutional repositories with content. While used to varying degrees, all three institutions employed advocacy for the institutional repository to acquire content, from faculty outreach with library liaisons to instructional presentations and branding and marketing of the repository. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Russell, Rosemary, and Michael Day. 2010. [http://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/13614533.2010.509996 Institutional repository interaction with research users: A review of current practice.] New Review of Academic Librarianship 16(Supplement1): 116-131.&lt;br /&gt;
** In their literature review, Russell and Day impress the importance of engaging with one&#039;s local research community before launching a repository, so that services best mirror researcher needs at the outset. Additionally, Russell and Day note the importance of crafting advocacy messages that resonate with different communities that use the repository: &amp;quot;advocacy needs to be tailored to scholarly contexts using language that is meaningful to individual or group cultures.&amp;quot; By being sensitive to different user cultures, there is a greater likelihood of garnering early adopters who will &amp;quot;network&amp;quot; the repository to their peers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Smith, Colin, Sheila Chudasama, and Christopher Yates, 2010. [http://oro.open.ac.uk/22321/ Open Research Online - A self-archiving success story.] In The 5th International Conference on Open Repositories, 6-9 July 2010, Madrid, Spain.&lt;br /&gt;
** This case study from the [http://www.open.ac.uk/ Open University] identifies advocacy and development as the cornerstones for building an institutional repository collection without a mandate. The advocacy methods were varied, from using social media for promotional efforts to attending department meetings. The efforts have attracted &amp;quot;63% of the OU’s journal output published in 2008 and 2009&amp;quot; and the repository managers are &amp;quot;getting around 36 full-text deposits per week, compared to a low of 2 per week before the advocacy/development campaign.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Welsh Repository Network. 2010. [http://welshrepositorynetwork.blogspot.com/2010/06/advocacy-discussion-barriers-and.html Advocacy discussion: Barriers and solutions.] &lt;br /&gt;
** The [http://www.wrn.aber.ac.uk/ Welsh Repository Network] offers several solutions to common challenges for repository deposits. Education is highlighted as important for generating buy-in to the institutional repository across many fronts: from gaining high-level support, which will create an &amp;quot;integration with other [university] systems and processes&amp;quot; and can lay the foundation for an institution-wide mandate, to building an understanding across the community of users of the benefits of depositing their work into the repository  (e.g., a wider readership, public funding issues, author rights and copyright, etc.). With an informed authorship, support may follow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Yeomans, Joanne. 2006. [http://library.web.cern.ch/library/Webzine/12/papers/2/ CERN&#039;s Open Access E-print Coverage in 2006: Three Quarters Full and Counting.] High Energy Physics Libraries Webzine.&lt;br /&gt;
** Joanne Yeomans, of the [http://library.web.cern.ch/library/ CERN Library], discusses the CERN Document Server&#039;s (CDS) coverage. &amp;quot;Metadata harvesting is performed at such a level that the Library believes it retrieves bibliographic records for almost 100% of CERN&#039;s own documents.&amp;quot; The high rate of full-text articles in CDS is attributable to a long-standing policy and digitization efforts by the library staff; additionally, the CERN Library staff introduces new staff to the deposit process and uses an internal bulletin to remind staff to deposit work. Future plans include following up with authors about specific works that have not yet been deposited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Automated deposit tools ===&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://bibapp.org/ BibApp]&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Fenner, Martin. 2010. [http://blogs.plos.org/mfenner/2010/10/26/self-motivated-vs-mandated-archiving/ Self-motivated vs. mandated archiving.] PLoS Blogs: Gobbledygook.&lt;br /&gt;
#** Fenner&#039;s list of motivators for self-deposit, from his perspective as an active researcher at [http://www.mh-hannover.de/index.php?&amp;amp;L=1 Hannover Medical School], includes tools such as BibApp, which &amp;quot;showcases the scholarly work done by a particular researcher, research group, department or institution.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Salo, Dorothea. 2010. [https://mx2.arl.org/lists/sparc-oaforum/Message/5518.html Press release: BibApp 1.0 released.] SPARC-OAForum Message 5518.&lt;br /&gt;
#** &amp;quot;BibApp allows researchers and research groups to promote research, find collaborators on campus, and make research more accessible. It also allows libraries to better understand research happening in local departments, facilitate conversations about author rights with researchers, and ease the population of the institutional repository. Finally, BibApp allows campus administrators to achieve a clearer picture of collaboration and scholarly publishing trends on campus.&amp;quot; BibApp software also &amp;quot;push[es]&amp;quot; articles into the institutional repository. &lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, and University of Wisconsin-Madison. 2010. [http://bibapp.org/2010/07/01/bibapp-10-released/ BibApp 1.0 released.] BibApp News. &lt;br /&gt;
#** [http://bibapp.org/ BibApp], from the [http://illinois.edu/ University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign] and the [http://www.wisc.edu/ University of Wisconsin-Madison] acts as a &amp;quot;gateway,&amp;quot; which &amp;quot;matches researchers on your campus or research center with their publication data and mines that data to see collaborations, create visualizations of areas of research, and find experts in research areas.&amp;quot; It works with &amp;quot;DSpace, EPrints, or Fedora,&amp;quot; pushing publications into the institution&#039;s repository; [http://bibapp.org/features/ features] of are detailed.&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://easydeposit.swordapp.org/ EasyDeposit]&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Lewis, Stuart. 2010. [http://blog.stuartlewis.com/2010/05/29/deposit-to-multiple-repositories/ Deposit to multiple repositories.] Stuart Lewis&#039; Blog. &lt;br /&gt;
#** As a follow-on to the 2009 development of [http://easydeposit.swordapp.org/ EasyDeposit], multiple-repository-deposit functionality has been added to this script. By ensuring that authors can deposit their work to several repositories with a single entry point, for example, &amp;quot;an institutional repository and a funder’s repository, and also perhaps a subject-based repository,&amp;quot; then the likelihood of authors being comprehensive with their deposits is increased.&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Lewis, Stuart. 2009. [http://blog.stuartlewis.com/2010/02/03/easydeposit-sword-deposit-tool-creator/ EasyDeposit – SWORD deposit tool creator.] Stuart Lewis&#039; Blog. &lt;br /&gt;
#** [https://github.com/stuartlewis/EasyDeposit/wiki/ EasyDeposit] is introduced as  &amp;quot;a toolkit for easily creating SWORD deposit web interfaces using PHP&amp;quot;; it was born out of  a need to have &amp;quot;a generic SWORD deposit interface toolkit that allowed new deposit systems to be easily created.&amp;quot; Two examples that were the impetus for EasyDeposit&#039;s development (from the [http://www.library.auckland.ac.nz/ University of Auckland Library]) are given: Ph.D. candidates&#039; thesis deposit and the archiving of a technical report series. The creation of such a workaround helps to make deposits easier for projects/constituents with specific, singular needs.&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://edina.ac.uk/projects/oa-rj/index.html Open Access Repository Junction]&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. EDINA, 2010. [http://edina.ac.uk/projects/oa-rj/api.html OA-RJ API.] Open Access Repository Junction.&lt;br /&gt;
#** [http://edina.ac.uk/ EDINA] has created an API for the [http://edina.ac.uk/projects/oa-rj/ Open Access Repository Junction] that will &amp;quot;redirect and deposit...research outputs into multiple repositories.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. JISC, 2010. [http://oarepojunction.wordpress.com/2010/04/01/whats-in-a-name/ What’s in a name?] OA-RJ Project Blog. &lt;br /&gt;
#** [http://edina.ac.uk/projects/oa-rj/ Open Access Repository Junction], funded by [http://www.jisc.ac.uk/ JISC], is a two-part tool. The first part identifies a depositable work (by location and metadata) and then offers a &amp;quot;list of possible targets to the client, and leaves the deposit process to the client&amp;quot;. The second part deposits the works to relevant repositories. The [http://edina.ac.uk/projects/oa-rj/index.html project webpage] indicates the aim is to &amp;quot;help assist the principal investigator to deposit in all the appropriate locations, and also make the whole deposit process as simple as possible.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://puma.uni-kassel.de/ PUMA]&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Stumme, Gerd. 2009. [http://blog.bibsonomy.org/2009/08/puma-project-on-academic-publication.html PUMA - Project on Academic Publication Management started on August 1st.] BibSonomy Blog.&lt;br /&gt;
#** [http://puma.uni-kassel.de/ PUMA] aims to integrate deposit into an author&#039;s workflow and make explicit the benefits of deposit as follows:  &amp;quot;the upload of a publication results automatically in an update of both the personal and institutional homepage, the creation of an entry in [http://www.bibsonomy.org/ BibSonomy], an entry in the academic reporting system of the university, and its publication in the institutional repository.&amp;quot; This output is in addition to PUMA&#039;s effort to &amp;quot;provide a publication management platform&amp;quot; to authors.&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://jiscreposit.blogspot.com/2010/07/introducing-reposit.html RePosit]&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. JISC, 2010. [http://jiscreposit.blogspot.com/ RePosit: Positing a new kind of repository deposit.] RePosit Project blog.&lt;br /&gt;
#** The [http://www.jisc.ac.uk/ JISC] led project, RePosit, &amp;quot;seeks to increase uptake of a web-based repository deposit tool embedded in a researcher-facing publications management system.&amp;quot; The project&#039;s blog details the work of the group members, &amp;quot;[http://www.leeds.ac.uk/ University of Leeds (Chair)], [http://www.keele.ac.uk/ Keele University], [http://www.qmul.ac.uk/ Queen Mary University of London], [http://www.exeter.ac.uk/ University of Exeter] and [http://www.plymouth.ac.uk/ University of Plymouth], with [http://www.symplectic.co.uk/ Symplectic Ltd].&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. JISC, 2010. [http://jiscreposit.blogspot.com/2010/08/literature-review-ctrep-cambridge-tetra.html Literature review: CTREP Cambridge TETRA Repositories Enhancement Project.] RePosit Project blog.&lt;br /&gt;
#** This [http://www.cam.ac.uk/ University of Cambridge] and [http://www.uhi.ac.uk/ University of Highlands and Islands] project aimed to increase deposits to, satisfaction in, and &amp;quot;institutionalisation&amp;quot; of the institutional repository with &amp;quot;a technical integration tool which connected the Virtual Research Environment (VRE) to the IR.&amp;quot; The tool was successfully developed and implemented, and deposits since have increased: &amp;quot;The number of IR communities has doubled and the number of collections has tripled.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://swordapp.org/ Simple Web-service Offering Repository Deposit (SWORD)]&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Jones, Richard. 2010. [http://sword2depositlifecycle.jiscpress.org/ SWORD v2.0: Deposit lifecycle.] JISC. &lt;br /&gt;
#** A project funded by [http://www.ukoln.ac.uk/ UKOLN], SWORD aims to &amp;quot;push the standard towards supporting full repository deposit lifecycles...[which] will enable the repository to be integrated into a broader range of systems in the scholarly environment, by supporting an increased range of behaviours and use cases.&amp;quot; SWORD  v2.0 offers increased flexibility and interoperability that works with &amp;quot;DSpace, EPrints and Fedora, arXiv and a number of commercial systems&amp;quot;; additionally, there &amp;quot;is a Facebook deposit application, Microsoft have developed an add on to Word which will deposit your documents into your archive, and likewise the Open Journal System&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Lewis, Stuart. 2009. [http://blog.stuartlewis.com/2010/09/18/the-sword-course-videos-now-online/ The SWORD course videos now online.] Stuart Lewis&#039; Blog.&lt;br /&gt;
#** Videos from &amp;quot;The SWORD Course&amp;quot; introducing SWORD, highlighting use cases, enumerating clients, and offering a toolkit for users are posted.&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Russell, Rosemary, and Michael Day. 2010. [http://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/13614533.2010.509996 Institutional repository interaction with research users: A review of current practice.] New Review of Academic Librarianship 16(Supplement1): 116-131.&lt;br /&gt;
#** In their literature review, Russell and Day impress the importance of engaging with one&#039;s local research community before launching a repository, so that services best mirror researcher needs at the outset. While discussing the importance of making deposit easy, they mention SWORD as a &amp;quot;protocol&amp;quot; that is in use today to &amp;quot;support the bulk transfer of content into repositories.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Suber, Peter. 2010. [https://mx2.arl.org/lists/sparc-oaforum/Message/5456.html BioMed Central partners with Massachusetts Institute of Technology Libraries to deposit open access articles automatically using SWORD protocol.] SPARC-OAForum Message 5456.&lt;br /&gt;
#** Peter Suber briefly notes [http://web.mit.edu/ MIT&#039;s] partnership with [http://www.biomedcentral.com/ BioMed Central] &amp;quot;to set up an automatic feed of MIT articles...The SWORD protocol allows the institutional repository to receive newly published articles from any of BioMed Central&#039;s 200+ journals as soon as they are published, without the need for any effort on the part of the author and streamlining the deposit process for the repository administrator.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Customization/value-added tools ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Fenner, Martin. 2010. [http://blogs.plos.org/mfenner/2010/10/26/self-motivated-vs-mandated-archiving/ Self-motivated vs. mandated archiving.] PLoS Blogs: Gobbledygook.&lt;br /&gt;
** Fenner&#039;s list of motivators for self-deposit, from his perspective as an active researcher at [http://www.mh-hannover.de/index.php?&amp;amp;L=1 Hannover Medical School], includes institutional repositories hosting &amp;quot;primary research data&amp;quot; and integrating the repository content with journal submission. An example of such a tool that Fenner mentions is [https://www.escidoc.org/ eSciDoc], which &amp;quot;include[s] storing, manipulating, enriching, disseminating, and publishing not only of the final results of the research process, but of all intermediate steps as well.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. JISC, 2010. [http://blogs.ecs.soton.ac.uk/depositmo/ Modus Operandi for Repository Deposits.]&lt;br /&gt;
** Modus Operandi is a tool that offers authors a way to deposit &amp;quot;in-progress and completed works directly from authoring and content management applications.&amp;quot; It works with DSpace and EPrints to create a &amp;quot;workflow connecting the user’s computer desktop, especially popular apps such as MS Office and Windows Explorer.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Palmer, Carole L., Lauren C. Teffeau, and Mark P. Newman. 2008. [http://docs.lib.purdue.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1131&amp;amp;context=lib_research Strategies for institutional repository development: A case study of three evolving initiatives.] Library Trends, 57(2): 142-167.&lt;br /&gt;
** Palmer et al. offer a case study of three libraries and their approaches to filling their institutional repositories with content. One of the institutions employes a &amp;quot;software specialist who leads repository design customizations and functionality enhancements,&amp;quot; which are tailored to meet &amp;quot;the needs and interests of faculty.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Ponsati, Agnès, and Pablo de Castro. 2010. [http://www.researchinformation.info/features/feature.php?feature_id=183 Repository increases visibility.] Research Information. &lt;br /&gt;
**Ponsati and de Castro discuss the [http://www.csic.es/web/guest/home Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas&#039;s] (CSIC) efforts to populate its institutional repository, which was launched with an &amp;quot;OA strategy [that] aims mainly to increase the visibility of its research output.&amp;quot; A near-term goal for the CSIC is to create APIs that will enable publication lists from the institutional repository to be repackaged &amp;quot;as annual-report-building-applications, author or departmental web pages or standardised CV formats&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Russell, Rosemary, and Michael Day. 2010. [http://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/13614533.2010.509996 Institutional repository interaction with research users: A review of current practice.] New Review of Academic Librarianship 16(Supplement1): 116-131.&lt;br /&gt;
** In their literature review, Russell and Day impress the importance of engaging with one&#039;s local research community before launching a repository, so that services best mirror researcher needs at the outset. They also indicate there is value to be added by &amp;quot;integrating them [repositories] into a much wider context of diverse information systems.&amp;quot; [http://www.cornell.edu/ Cornell&#039;s] [http://vivo.cornell.edu/ VIVO] and the [http://www.ox.ac.uk/ University of Oxford&#039;s] [http://brii.medsci.ox.ac.uk/ BRII] projects are ntoed as examples of such &amp;quot;information integration.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Smith, Colin, Sheila Chudasama, and Christopher Yates, 2010. [http://oro.open.ac.uk/22321/ Open Research Online - A self-archiving success story.] In The 5th International Conference on Open Repositories, 6-9 July 2010, Madrid, Spain.&lt;br /&gt;
** This case study from the [http://www.open.ac.uk/ Open University] identifies advocacy and development as the cornerstones for building an institutional repository collection without a mandate. The development methods were varied, ranging from creating &amp;quot;gatekeeper controlled groups&amp;quot; to offering embedded feeds. The efforts have attracted &amp;quot;63% of the OU’s journal output published in 2008 and 2009&amp;quot; and the repository managers are &amp;quot;getting around 36 full-text deposits per week, compared to a low of 2 per week before the advocacy/development campaign.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ease of use ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Harnad, Stevan. 2010. [http://openaccess.eprints.org/index.php?/archives/695-Simplify-OA-Deposit-But-Leave-It-In-the-Mandatees-Hands.html Simplify OA deposit but leave it in the mandatee&#039;s hands.] Open Access Archivangelism. &lt;br /&gt;
** Stevan Harnad cites [http://web.mit.edu/ MIT&#039;s] brief metadata requirements for institutional repository submission as an exemplary author-friendly policy. Harnad notes &amp;quot;All the power of self-archiving (and of self-archiving mandates from institutions and funders) comes from the fact that it is the author and the author&#039;s institution (and funder) that does it, mandates it, and monitors compliance.&amp;quot; As such, he does not support MIT&#039;s (and other institutions&#039;) moves to facilitate publisher deposit, and instead encourages a clear definition of responsibility and an ease of compliance for authors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Kim, Jihyun. 2010. [http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/asi.21336/abstract Faculty self-archiving: Motivations and barriers.] Journal of the American Society for Information Science and Technology 61(9): 1909–1922. [Note: This is a toll access article, requiring subscription.]&lt;br /&gt;
** Kim surveyed and interviewed 684 faculty members from 17 Carnegie institutions that use DSpace for their institutional repository, and found seven factors to be &amp;quot;significantly related&amp;quot; to deposit behavior: &amp;quot;copyright concerns, additional time and effort, and age...academic reward, altruism, self-archiving culture, and technical skills.&amp;quot; She suggests that &amp;quot;confusion over copyright issues can be addressed by providing services for copyright management.&amp;quot; By offering copyright support, the &amp;quot;legal ramifications of self-archiving their publications&amp;quot; would be clarified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Lewis, Stuart. 2009. [http://blog.stuartlewis.com/2009/07/28/email-your-repository/ Email your repository.] Stuart Lewis&#039; Blog. &lt;br /&gt;
** Stuart Lewis discusses a [http://blogs.ukoln.ac.uk/ukolndev/ UKOLN-created] Thunderbird plug-in that enables institutional repository deposit, and emphasizes that the strength of this deposit method is that email is a trusted, familiar tool with faculty/researchers. Lewis introduces a [http://php.swordapp.org/ script] that is a general version of the Thunderbird tool and is usable with other email clients, and discusses its potential for increasing repository deposit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Ponsati, Agnès, and Pablo de Castro. 2010. [http://www.researchinformation.info/features/feature.php?feature_id=183 Repository increases visibility.] Research Information. &lt;br /&gt;
**Ponsati and de Castro discuss the [http://www.csic.es/web/guest/home Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas&#039;s] (CSIC) efforts to populate its institutional repository, which was launched with an &amp;quot;OA strategy [that] aims mainly to increase the visibility of its research output.&amp;quot; Informational sessions are delivered to each department, and deposits are &amp;quot;synchronized&amp;quot; in that metadata are pulled off of departmental websites and input to the repository by IT staff, leaving the researchers with the task of simply uploading the work at the appropriate time. A proposed project is to couple the CSIC&#039;s repository with subject repositories so that authors need to deposit their paper to only one location, with interoperability ensuring that the work appears in all relevant repositories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Russell, Rosemary, and Michael Day. 2010. [http://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/13614533.2010.509996 Institutional repository interaction with research users: A review of current practice.] New Review of Academic Librarianship 16(Supplement1): 116-131.&lt;br /&gt;
** In their literature review, Russell and Day impress the importance of engaging with one&#039;s local research community before launching a repository, so that services best mirror researcher needs at the outset. They also note the potential to be found in &amp;quot;integrat[ing] deposit and other repository interactions into research practice and workflows&amp;quot; so that the institutional repository becomes &amp;quot;&#039;intimately embedded&#039; in the current practice of scientists.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Sale, Arthur. 2010. [https://mx2.arl.org/Lists/SPARC-OAForum/Message/5427.html Advice on filling your repository.] SPARC-OAForum Message 5427. &lt;br /&gt;
** Arthur Sale, of the [http://www.utas.edu.au/ University of Tasmania], mentions the benefit of providing depositing authors the means to download the corpus of their work, even those titles that are &amp;quot;restricted,&amp;quot; from anywhere. Doing so facilitates collaboration, &amp;quot;because it is like carrying a no-weight library of all your publications with you when you travel internationally.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Texas Digital Library, 2010. [http://www.tdl.org/2010/09/tdl-releases-vireo-etd-system-opensource-software/ TDL releases Vireo ETD System as open-source software.] News.&lt;br /&gt;
** The [http://www.tdl.org/ Texas Digital Library] created an open source electronic thesis and dissertation management system, [http://sourceforge.net/projects/vireo/ Vireo], that offers an simple interface for students to submit their completed theses and dissertations. Partial funding for the project was made available through an [http://www.imls.gov/ Institute of Museum and Library Services] grant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Welsh Repository Network. 2010. [http://welshrepositorynetwork.blogspot.com/2010/06/advocacy-discussion-barriers-and.html Advocacy discussion: Barriers and solutions.] &lt;br /&gt;
** The [http://www.wrn.aber.ac.uk/ Welsh Repository Network] offers several solutions to common challenges for repository deposits. Providing instructional materials (e.g., a video showing the deposit process), drafting Ph.D. students and department administrative assistants to deposit work on behalf of authors, and offering self-deposit (along with a suggestion to solicit help from Ph.D. students and administrative assistants) are three suggested methods for streamlining the process of deposit. Also mentioned is using &amp;quot;SHERPA RoMEO/include API on repository front page&amp;quot; to help clarify copyright concerns at the point of need and providing an easily accessed FAQs page and collection policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Funding allocation ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Oslo University College. 2010. [http://www.hio.no/Aktuelt/HiO-nytt/Arkiverte-nyheter/2010/02/Last-inn-i-ODA Last inn i ODA: Publikasjoner som ikke lastes inn i HiOs digitale vitenarkiv, ODA, gir bare halv uttelling.] HiO-nytt. &lt;br /&gt;
** [http://www.hio.no/content/view/full/4563 Oslo University College] has employed a weighted system for encouraging deposits to its institutional repository since 2008. Researchers that deposit their work to the repository receive full points, which count toward the future receipt of internal research funding, while those who do not receive half credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Proudman, Vanessa. 2007. [http://arno.uvt.nl/show.cgi?fid=68188 Minho University Institutional Repository. Minho University, Braga, Portugal: A university repository where a mandate to deposit, financial incentives and strong advocacy can transform an IR’s population.] Stimulating the population of repositories: A research project, Tilburg University.&lt;br /&gt;
** As one of six case studies comprising a larger research project, Proudman explored Minho University&#039;s efforts to encourage author deposit to the institutional repository. One of the methods was financial incentives that were awarded to each department and center as a whole by level of participation. A point system was derived in which documents were valued by type and age, where newly published, peer-reviewed work was the most &amp;quot;valuable&amp;quot;; preprints and older works also earned points, but to a lesser degree. The results were surprising: &amp;quot;As a result of the financial rewards and policy, from January to December 2005, 2813 documents were deposited in the IR (41% journal articles and 40% conference papers). This was an increase of about 800% on the previous year.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Metrics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Brown, Josh, Kathy Sadler, and Martin Moyle. 2010. [http://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/116819/1/116819.pdf Influencing the Deposit of Electronic Theses in UK HE: Report on a sector-wide survey into thesis deposit and open access.] University College London.&lt;br /&gt;
** This JISC-funded study explored policies on, practices surrounding, and &amp;quot;barriers to the electronic deposit of e-theses.&amp;quot; The authors identify a powerful incentive that has not been used to its full potential: &amp;quot;[the] ability to demonstrate the impact of open access theses.&amp;quot; Standard metrics, common plug-ins, and &amp;quot;the effective use of third-party resources&amp;quot; are mentioned as recommendations for improving the use of metrics in encouraging e-thesis deposit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Kim, Jihyun. 2010. [http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/asi.21336/abstract Faculty self-archiving: Motivations and barriers.] Journal of the American Society for Information Science and Technology 61(9): 1909–1922. [Note: This is a toll access article, requiring subscription.]&lt;br /&gt;
** Kim surveyed and interviewed 684 faculty members from 17 Carnegie institutions that use DSpace for their institutional repository, and found seven factors to be &amp;quot;significantly related&amp;quot; to deposit behavior: &amp;quot;copyright concerns, additional time and effort, and age...academic reward, altruism, self-archiving culture, and technical skills.&amp;quot; Because altruism and self-archiving culture were noted as positive factors relating to deposit in institutional repositories, Kim explored whether the respondents felt that &amp;quot;self-archiving resulted in their research work being cited more frequently&amp;quot;; surprisingly, &amp;quot;the majority of faculty participants...were unaware of the evidence of a citation advantage.&amp;quot; This suggests that a greater use of metrics may highlight the advantages of posting work to an institutional repository. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Ponsati, Agnès, and Pablo de Castro. 2010. [http://www.researchinformation.info/features/feature.php?feature_id=183 Repository increases visibility.] Research Information. &lt;br /&gt;
**Ponsati and de Castro discuss the [http://www.csic.es/web/guest/home Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas&#039;s] (CSIC) efforts to populate its institutional repository, which was launched with an &amp;quot;OA strategy [that] aims mainly to increase the visibility of its research output.&amp;quot; As such, the CSIC has added &amp;quot;a complete module of statistics...[that lets] the authors measure the effects of depositing their work in [http://digital.csic.es/ Digital.CSIC] on its visibility.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Sale, Arthur. 2010. [https://mx2.arl.org/Lists/SPARC-OAForum/Message/5427.html Advice on filling your repository.] SPARC-OAForum Message 5427. &lt;br /&gt;
** Arthur Sale, of the [http://www.utas.edu.au/ University of Tasmania], discusses several methods for increasing deposits, with citation metrics being a successful means of advocating for deposit. He mentions Anne-Will Harzing’s [http://www.harzing.com/pop.htm Publish or Perish] tool as a way to illustrate &amp;quot;how online access...can be used to develop sophisticated metrics of research impact.&amp;quot; These metrics may be used to &amp;quot;deliver a research record summary&amp;quot; for each researcher, which may be used in performance evaluation (though Sale cautions against using institutional repository metrics for promotion). Download reports can be helpful for depositing authors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Smith, Courtney. 2010. [http://digitalcommons.bepress.com/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1003&amp;amp;context=newsletter It’s Not Just About Citation Counts Anymore: Usage reports incentivize repository participation at Butler and Wollongong.] Digital Commons.&lt;br /&gt;
** Courtney Smith writes about [http://www.butler.edu/ Butler University&#039;s] use of download metrics, which provide immediate and welcome feedback to authors (and deans) on usage, which appear to be popular: &amp;quot;Time and again, we hear from IR managers something like, &#039;Once our faculty members start to get those monthly download reports for their articles, they come back to me with more articles to post.&#039;&amp;quot; Efforts by the [http://www.uow.edu.au/index.html University of Wollongong] include &amp;quot;activity reports for every participating department [which include] number of items uploaded to the repository, number of downloads, most active authors, and &#039;fun facts.&#039;&amp;quot; These reports offer authors &amp;quot;a sense of competition and accomplishment,&amp;quot; and deans a measure of their department&#039;s output, which can aid in promotion decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Personalization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Fenner, Martin. 2010. [http://blogs.plos.org/mfenner/2010/10/26/self-motivated-vs-mandated-archiving/ Self-motivated vs. mandated archiving.] PLoS Blogs: Gobbledygook.&lt;br /&gt;
** Fenner&#039;s list of motivators for self-deposit, from his perspective as an active researcher at [http://www.mh-hannover.de/index.php?&amp;amp;L=1 Hannover Medical School], includes &amp;quot;unambiguously connect[ing content] to their creators&amp;quot; though the use of tools such as [http://about.orcid.org/ Open Researcher &amp;amp; Contributor ID] (ORCID). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Foster, Nancy Fried, and Susan Gibbons. 2005. [http://www.dlib.org/dlib/january05/foster/01foster.html Understanding faculty to improve content recruitment for institutional repositories.] &#039;&#039;D-Lib Magazine&#039;&#039; 11(1): doi:10.1045/january2005-foster. &lt;br /&gt;
** The [http://www.rochester.edu/ University of Rochester’s] [https://urresearch.rochester.edu/viewResearcherBrowse.action “Researcher Page”] offers faculty personalization within its institutional repository. This DSpace add-on enables the “collocation of the material into collections and the labeling of those collections” by each faculty member. Interested faculty build their personal research collection, which can list contact information, research interests, and a photo alongside their work. By doing so, the researcher creates an individualized space within the repository, branding work as her/his own.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Kolowich, Steve. 2010. [http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2010/03/02/repositories Encouraging open access.] Inside Higher Ed News.&lt;br /&gt;
** The [http://www.rochester.edu/ University of Rochester] has created &amp;quot;an online &#039;workspace&#039;...where [researchers] can upload and preserve different versions of an article they are working on&amp;quot; in an effort to &amp;quot;to make putting the piece into the repository a seamless part of the work flow.&amp;quot; In addition to creating a designated space for researchers to share their works in process, the repository also gives faculty the ability to &amp;quot;archive and organize the articles they have published there on personal &#039;researcher pages&#039;&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Royster, Paul. 2010. [http://digitalcommons.bepress.com/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1003&amp;amp;context=newsletter Paul Johnsgard’s &#039;&#039;Cranes of the World&#039;&#039; brings a lifetime of content to the IR: How the Nebraska-Lincoln repository developed a substantial, and sometimes unexpected, collection of digital works for one emeritus faculty]. Digital Commons.&lt;br /&gt;
** Paul Royster, of the [http://www.unl.edu/ University of Nebraska-Lincoln], discusses the potential for rich additions to institutional repositories to be found in the collection of archival material from emeritus professors. For example, Paul Johnsgard, a former biological sciences professor, offered many articles and several books to be digitized. The out-of-print titles were given a new life, and manuscripts that did not have a commercial market and were never published gained exposure. Johnsgard notes, &amp;quot;I also have been stimulated to undertake or complete some additional writing projects that I never would otherwise have finished [and] Digital Commons has allowed me to make unusually effective use of my time since my retirement...I can still make my contributions matter and my influence felt at a national and international level.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Sale, Arthur. 2010. [https://mx2.arl.org/Lists/SPARC-OAForum/Message/5427.html Advice on filling your repository.] SPARC-OAForum Message 5427. &lt;br /&gt;
** Arthur Sale, of the [http://www.utas.edu.au/ University of Tasmania], suggests including a means for researchers to link to an up-to-date and comprehensive list of their deposited papers on their personal website, and provides an [http://eprints.utas.edu.au/es/index.php?action=show_detail_eprint;id=410 example] of his own work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Suber, Peter. 2006. [http://www.earlham.edu/~peters/fos/2006/10/connecting-authorship-with-self.html Connecting authorship with self-archiving.] Open Access News.&lt;br /&gt;
** Peter Suber comments on the press release of the [http://www.rochester.edu/ University of Rochester&#039;s] grant reward from the [http://www.imls.gov/ Institute of Museum and Library Services]; the award was used &amp;quot;to create a new type of authoring system for the next generation of academics, who will then link to our institutional repository for preservation and self-publishing of completed manuscripts.&amp;quot; Prior research efforts drove the development efforts for the new system. Find the full press release [http://media-newswire.com/release_1038710.html here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proxy deposit/harvesting ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Burnhill, Peter, Pablo de Castro, Jim Dowling, Richard Jones, and Mogens Sandfaer. [http://hdl.handle.net/10016/9257 Handling repository-related interoperability issues: The SONEX Workgroup.] In Pre-Proceedings of the 2nd DL.org Workshop &amp;quot;Making Digital Libraries Interoperable: Challenges and Approaches&amp;quot;: September 9-10, 2010, Glasgow, Scotland, ed. Donatella Castelli, Yannis Ioannidis, and Seamus Ross, 45-56. &lt;br /&gt;
** Burnhill et al. report on the proceedings from the SONEX workshop, aiming to &amp;quot;describe, analyse and make recommendations on deposit opportunities&amp;quot;. Automation and interoperability were highlighted, with an acknowledgment that &amp;quot;Whatever a repository manager holds is potentially of interest to another&amp;quot;. Several case studies were highlighted as methods for increasing institutional repository deposit, including institutional/national-level &amp;quot;Current Research Information System...transfer of objects plus agreed metadata into all relevant IRs,&amp;quot; publisher deposit on behalf of authors, and &amp;quot;[f]unders and subject repositories as use communities&amp;quot; that &amp;quot;share the work of establishing relationships and technical interfaces&amp;quot; to ensure that publications appear in all relevant repositories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Harnad, Stevan. 2010. [http://openaccess.eprints.org/index.php?/archives/748-Funders-Should-Mandate-Institutional-Deposit-and,-if-desired,-central-harvest.html Funders Should Mandate Institutional Deposit (and, if desired, central harvest)]. Open Access Archivangelism.&lt;br /&gt;
** In a policy article, Stevan Harnad posits that to increase deposits to institutional repositories, mandates need to be aimed at populating local institutional repositories rather than central repositories, like PubMed. Such a policy would be actionable with software, such as SWORD, that would  &amp;quot;[ensure] central collections are harvested from distributed IRs, rather than being designated as the loci of direct deposit.&amp;quot; Central repository collections would still be populated, but the onus on the author would be to deposit only once to their local institution&#039;s repository.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. MIT Libraries, 2010. [http://web.mit.edu/newsoffice/2010/open-access-policy.html MIT’s Open Access policy, one year later.] MIT News.&lt;br /&gt;
** This MIT News article highlights [http://web.mit.edu/ MIT&#039;s] efforts to work with cooperative publishers to support the deposit of MIT author-published work into the institutional repository by &amp;quot;[capturing] copies of the final published PDF for deposit, so that authors do not need to take any action in order to have their articles openly accessible.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;.  Najko, Jahn, and Mathias Lösch. 2010. [http://libreas.wordpress.com/2010/03/25/projektbericht-automatische-aggregation-wissenschaftlicher-volltexte-fur-die-anreicherung-von-oa-repositorien/ Projektbericht: Automatische Aggregation wissenschaftlicher Volltexte für die Anreicherung von OA-Repositorien.] LIBREAS.Library Ideas. [Note: Translated from German by Google Translate.]&lt;br /&gt;
** In light of two projects currently in process at the [http://www.uni-bielefeld.de/International/ Bielefeld University], [http://www.ub.uni-bielefeld.de/biblio/projects/publister.htm PubLister] and [http://www.ub.uni-bielefeld.de/biblio/projects/oai_projekt.htm Automatic enrichment of OAI metadata using computational methods and developing its services for content-based networking of repositories], Najko and Lösch use webometrics to examine whether with &amp;quot;the apparent wealth of personal data publication lists...commercial Web search engines are likely to aggregate in a relatively short time and with comparatively little effort, a critical body of scientific publications.&amp;quot; Their results were positive, and they conclude that &amp;quot;by generating automatic extraction of full-text links and their automatic contextualization of using commercial search engines in a short time, a significant list of publications available...can [be found]. If this information is included as an incentive in the service of a university publication, perhaps even combined with the offer to the author, [that] his publications found to integrate semi-automatically in a repository, it could speed up the collection development of electronic documents significantly.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Palmer, Carole L., Lauren C. Teffeau, and Mark P. Newman. 2008. [http://docs.lib.purdue.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1131&amp;amp;context=lib_research Strategies for institutional repository development: A case study of three evolving initiatives.] Library Trends, 57(2): 142-167.&lt;br /&gt;
** Palmer et al. offer a case study of three libraries and their approaches to filling their institutional repositories with content. One of the profiled institutions &amp;quot;brokered arrangements directly with publishers to acquire copyrighted, peer-reviewed journal papers written by their faculty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;coordinated with departments for bulk ingests.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Russell, Rosemary, and Michael Day. 2010. [http://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/13614533.2010.509996 Institutional repository interaction with research users: A review of current practice.] New Review of Academic Librarianship 16(Supplement1): 116-131.&lt;br /&gt;
** In their literature review, Russell and Day impress the importance of engaging with one&#039;s local research community before launching a repository, so that services best mirror researcher needs at the outset. They also highlight the value of &amp;quot;flexible repository architectures&amp;quot; that enable metadata and content sharing, and harvesting. Russell and Day mention [http://www.economistsonline.org/home# Economists Online] as an example of a subject repository that is populated with content &amp;quot;from 22 institutional repositories across Europe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Texas Digital Library, 2010. [http://www.tdl.org/2010/09/tdl-releases-vireo-etd-system-opensource-software/ TDL releases Vireo ETD System as open-source software.] News.&lt;br /&gt;
** The [http://www.tdl.org/ Texas Digital Library] created an open source electronic thesis and dissertation management system, [http://sourceforge.net/projects/vireo/ Vireo], providing &amp;quot;an expert management interface that lets graduate offices and libraries move the ETD through the approval workflow and publish it in an institutional repository&amp;quot; once a student has submitted it for approval. Partial funding for the project was made available through an [http://www.imls.gov/ Institute of Museum and Library Services] grant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;. Yeomans, Joanne. 2006. [http://library.web.cern.ch/library/Webzine/12/papers/2/ CERN&#039;s Open Access E-print Coverage in 2006: Three Quarters Full and Counting.] High Energy Physics Libraries Webzine.&lt;br /&gt;
** Joanne Yeomans, of the [http://library.web.cern.ch/library/ CERN Library], discusses the CERN Document Server&#039;s (CDS) coverage. &amp;quot;Metadata harvesting is performed at such a level that the Library believes it retrieves bibliographic records for almost 100% of CERN&#039;s own documents.&amp;quot; The high rate of full-text articles in CDS is attributable to a long-standing policy and digitization efforts by the library staff; additionally, CERN has permission from the American Physical Society to upload CERN-authored content to the CDS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Talking about a policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Academic freedom ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some faculty object that a draft OA policy infringes their academic freedom. &lt;br /&gt;
** If they object that it will limit their freedom to submit new work to the journals of their choice, then they are mistaking the green policy for a gold policy. They are mistaking a policy about depositing in an OA repository for a policy about submitting to OA journals. To avoid this mistake and the groundless objections it triggers, make sure that faculty understand the difference between requiring deposit in a certain kind of repository and requiring submission to a certain kind of journal, and make sure they understand that this policy does the former and not the latter. Be explicit in reassuring faculty that they remain free to submit their work to the journals of their choice.&lt;br /&gt;
** If they object that some journals will not allow OA on the university&#039;s terms, and that faculty will be effectively barred from publishing in those journals, then they are forgetting about the waiver option. Faculty may submit their work to such a journal; if it is accepted, faculty may publish in that journal simply by obtaining a waiver, which the university will always grant, no questions asked. In fact, allowing this is the primary rationale for including the waiver option in the policy. Be explicit in reassuring faculty that they remain free to submit work to the journals of their choice and remain free to decide for or against OA for each of their publications.&lt;br /&gt;
** If they object that it will diminish their rights or control over their work, then they don&#039;t understand the rights-retention aspect of the policy, the terms of standard publishing contracts, or both. Authors sign away most of their rights under standard publishing contracts. In fact, increasing author rights and control is the primary rationale of a rights-retention OA policy. Be explicit in reassuring them that they have more rights and control over their work under this policy than under a standard publishing agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
** If they object that it will give the university ownership of their work, then they don&#039;t understand non-exclusive rights, the terms of standard publishing contracts, or both. The policy grants no exclusive rights to the institution, only non-exclusive rights. By contrast, faculty routinely grant exclusive rights to publishers through standard publishing agreements. &lt;br /&gt;
** If they object that they will be subject to a new form of coercion, then they are overlooking the waiver option or misinterpreting the word &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot;, or both. If this kind of policy is called a &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot;, it&#039;s only because the policy is stronger than a request or encouragement. But it&#039;s not a mandate in any other sense, since faculty retain the freedom to decide for or against OA for every one of their publications. Where the word &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot; may be a problem, don&#039;t use the word, and where the word is already causing problems, help faculty focus on the terms of the policy rather than the implications of a very imperfect label for the policy.&lt;br /&gt;
*** More under &amp;quot;Mandate&amp;quot; below.&lt;br /&gt;
** These objections are especially common on campuses where faculty distrust of administrators runs high. Sometimes faculty do understand the green/gold distinction, the waiver option, rights-retention, and non-exclusive rights. But when they distrust administrators, they often see a draft OA policy as an attempted power grab by the administration. When this is a risk, be especially clear on the points above (the green/gold distinction, the waiver option, rights-retention, and non-exclusive rights), but also be clear on the fact that the policy is a faculty initiative. It is drafted by faculty and will be voted upon by faculty. Be clear that it enhances author prerogatives (control over their work and distribution channels for their work), while preserving their freedom to decide for or against OA and submit their work to the journals of their choice, and that is why so many OA policies have been approved by [http://oad.simmons.edu/oadwiki/Unanimous_faculty_votes unanimous faculty votes].&lt;br /&gt;
** At schools where faculty worry that administrators may claim control over faculty publications under the work-for-hire doctrine, the OA policy could be framed as a reaffirmation that these rights belong to faculty. The policy grants the (non-exclusive) rights to the institution, but this would not be possible if the rights did not belong to faculty. The policy could be construed as a way to deny work-for-hire and then to grant the institution non-exclusive rights for faculty benefit on faculty terms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;quot;Compliance&amp;quot; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harvard-style policies have three components: permission, waivers, and  deposits. On the first component (permissions), compliance reaches 100% as soon as the policy is adopted. On the second component (waivers), campus leaders should acknowledge that faculty who obtain waivers are still complying with the policy. They are not violating the letter or spirit of the policy. The policy deliberately accommodates those who need or want waivers. The third component (deposits) often requires education, assistance, and incentives. But even though the deposit rate generally starts low and grows slowly, and occupies most of the attention of those charged with implementing a policy, it doesn&#039;t follow that the deposit rate is the only component of the compliance rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;quot;Institutional repository&amp;quot; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* University OA policies generally require deposit in the institutional repository, and we recommend that practice. In this sense, an institutional repository tries to gather the research output of an institution, as opposed to a central, subject, or disciplinary repository, which tries to gather the research output of a field. When we&#039;re discussing different kinds of repository, &amp;quot;institutional repository&amp;quot; is unambiguous and unfrightening.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* However, many faculty do not realize that institutional repositories are indexed by major (academic and non-academic) search engines, and are interoperable with other repositories. Many faculty think that an institutional repository is a walled garden or a silo of content only visible to people who know the repository exists and take the trouble to make a special visit and run a special search. In addition, most faculty identify more with their field than their institution. Hence, when we&#039;re discussing the terms of a university OA policy, the term &amp;quot;institutional repository&amp;quot; may reinforce these false belief that the deposited works are institution-bound, invisible, and provincially identified with an institution more than with the author or topic. In discussing university OA policies, then, it may be better to emphasize the sense which institutional repositories are OA, open for indexing by any search engine, and interoperable with other repositories. They do not wall off content into institutional silos but openly distribute content using institutional resources. They are designed to expose content to searchers, and most readers will find the repository&#039;s content through cross-repository searches than through local searches or browsing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;quot;Mandate&amp;quot; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the word &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot; suggests commands or coercion incompatible with academic freedom, then avoid the word &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot;. The policy recommended here is not implemented through commands or coercion. First, it is self-imposed by faculty vote. Second, it contains a waiver option and merely shifts the default. It would be a mistake to let the understandable desire to avoid the ugly implications of the word &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot; lead faculty to defeat a policy that was not a mandate in the ugly sense. The kind of policy recommended here preserves faculty freedom to choose for or against OA for every publication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ///quote from parts of PS short book; we may still want to emphasize that this kind of policy is stronger than a mere request or encouragement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;quot;Opt-out&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;opt-in&amp;quot; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A waiver option creates an &amp;quot;opt-out&amp;quot; policy. In that sense in &amp;quot;shifts the default&amp;quot; from lack of permission for OA to permission for OA. After a rights-retention policy is adopted, faculty who don&#039;t lift a finger are granting the institution permission to make their future work OA; if they want a different outcome, they must lift a finger and obtain a waiver. The fact that the policy merely shifts the default, and still allows an opt-out or waiver, means that it is not a &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot; in at least one common sense of the term. The word &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot; may suggest a kind of requirement deliberately omitted from the policy. (On the other side, the policy is considerably stronger than a mere request or encouragement, and English has few words other than &amp;quot;mandate&amp;quot; to describe such a policy.) The waiver option or opt-out means that faculty remain free to choose for or against OA for each of their publications. The default shift means that most faculty most of the time will choose for OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some institutions adopt what they call &amp;quot;opt-in&amp;quot; policies. But in effect the institution already had an opt-in policy and didn&#039;t need to adopt a policy to give the faculty the right to opt in to OA. In that sense, the opposite of an &amp;quot;opt-out&amp;quot; policy is not an &amp;quot;opt-in&amp;quot; policy, but a no-waiver policy (which is stronger) or a non-policy (which is weaker).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;quot;Waivers&amp;quot; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The university should make works in the repository OA whenever it has permission to do so. The policy is one source of permission. When a faculty member obtains a waiver for a given article, then the university does not have OA permission from the policy for that article. But if the university has permission from another source, such as the publisher, then it doesn&#039;t need permission from the policy. A waiver of the license or permission under the university policy doesn&#039;t waive the license or permission that the university may have from the publisher. Hence, no one should talk about waivers as if they flatly block OA permission for a given work. They only block OA permission from the policy, not from other sources such as the publisher. In fact, the policy proponents should be explicit that the institution will make deposited work OA whenever it has permission to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
** Some faculty will overlook or misinterpret the waiver option and object that the policy limits their options and infringes their academic freedom. (We respond to this objection above.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Some faculty who are strong proponents of OA will raise the opposite objection, and argue that the waiver option should be deleted. They worry that it will gut the policy. They believe the waiver rate will be high --say, 40% 60% or 80%-- when the experience at every school with a waiver option is that the waiver rate is low. At Harvard it is below 5% and at MIT it&#039;s below 2%. Moreover, removing the waiver option will make it impossible to answer certain objections based on academic freedom. Not only could an unwaivable policy infringe academic freedom, it could fail to muster the votes needed to pass. Those pushing too hard too fast for an unwaivable OA policy may get no policy at all and make the perfect an enemy of the good. Lesson: don&#039;t underestimate the ways in which shifting the default can change behavior on a large scale.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shieber</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Notes_on_the_Federal_Research_Public_Access_Act&amp;diff=241</id>
		<title>Notes on the Federal Research Public Access Act</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/hoap/?title=Notes_on_the_Federal_Research_Public_Access_Act&amp;diff=241"/>
		<updated>2012-02-11T18:54:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shieber: /* The bill itself */ typo fixed&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* This page is part of the [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/hoap Harvard Open Access Project] (HOAP).&lt;br /&gt;
* Suggested short URL for this page = [http://bit.ly/hoap-frpaa bit.ly/hoap-frpaa]&lt;br /&gt;
* Also see [[Notes on the Research Works Act]] (RWA).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The bill itself ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The Federal Research Public Access Act (FRPAA) requires &amp;quot;free online public access&amp;quot; to publicly-funded research. It strengthens the OA mandate at the NIH by reducing the maximum embargo period from 12 months to six months, and extends the strengthened policy to all the major agencies of the federal government. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It doesn&#039;t merely reduce the maximum embargo to six months, it requires OA &amp;quot;as soon as practicable&amp;quot; after publication (Section 4.b.4), but no later than six months after publication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It asks agencies to come up with their own policies within the general guidelines laid down in the bill.  It&#039;s not a one-size-fits-all solution and agencies are free to differ on the details.  They will have one year from the bill&#039;s passage to develop their policies (4.a).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The FRPAA guidelines require agencies to mandate &amp;quot;free online public access&amp;quot; for agency-funded research.  The guidelines do not define &amp;quot;free online public access&amp;quot; (4.b.4). Nor do they stipulate the timing of deposits, only the timing of OA.  For researchers employed and not merely funded by the federal government, FRPAA allows no embargo at all (4.c.2).  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Like the NIH policy, FRPAA applies to the authors&#039; peer-reviewed manuscripts (4.b.2), not to the published editions of their articles.  Like the NIH policy, it allows consenting publishers to replace the peer-reviewed manuscripts with the published editions (4.b.3). It would not apply to classified research, to royalty-producing work such as books, or to patentable discoveries &amp;quot;to the extent necessary to protect a...patent&amp;quot; (4.d.3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unlike the NIH policy, FRPAA doesn&#039;t specify the OA repository in which authors must deposit their manuscripts, the way the NIH specifies PubMed Central.  FRPAA leaves this decision up to the individual agencies.  They could host their own repositories or make use of existing repositories, including the institutional repositories of their researchers.  FRPAA only requires that the repositories meet certain conditions of OA, interoperability, and long-term preservation (4.b.6).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* FRPAA and the NIH policy differ slightly in how they secure permission for the mandated OA.  The NIH requires grantees to retain the non-exclusive right to authorize OA through PubMed Central.  If a given publisher is not willing to allow OA on the NIH&#039;s terms, then grantees must look for another publisher.  FRPAA requires agencies to &amp;quot;make effective use of any law or guidance relating to the creation and reservation of a Government license that provides for the reproduction, publication, release, or other uses of a final manuscript for Federal purposes&amp;quot; (4.c.3).  The FRPAA approach gives agencies more flexibility.  Agencies may use the battle-tested NIH method if they wish.  They may use a [http://edocket.access.gpo.gov/cfr_2005/janqtr/2cfr215.36.htm federal-purpose license] such as that codified in 2 CFR 215.36(a) (January 2005) if they wish. Or they may make use of &amp;quot;any [other] law or guidance&amp;quot; that would be &amp;quot;effective&amp;quot; in steering clear of infringement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* FRPAA will not amend copyright or patent law (4.e).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* FRPAA will apply to all unclassified research funded in whole or part (4.b.1) by agencies whose budgets for extramural research are $100 million/year or more (4.a).  This includes the Department of Agriculture, Department of Commerce, Department of Defense, Department of Education, Department of Energy, Department of Health and Human Services, Department of Homeland Security, Department of Transportation, Environmental Protection Agency, National Aeronautics and Space Administration, and the National Science Foundation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* FRPAA would mandate OA for more research literature than any other policy ever adopted or ever proposed.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Current version of the bill ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;In the 112th Congress&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://hdl.loc.gov/loc.uscongress/legislation.112s2096 FRPAA in the Senate] (S. 2096)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Introduced on February 9, 2012 by [http://cornyn.senate.gov/ John Cornyn] (R-TX), [http://hutchison.senate.gov/ Kay Bailey Hutchison] (R-TX), and [http://wyden.senate.gov/ Ron Wyden] (D-OR).&lt;br /&gt;
*** Referred to the [http://www.hsgac.senate.gov/ Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs]. See the [http://www.congressmerge.com/onlinedb/cgi-bin/newcommittee.cgi?site=congressmerge&amp;amp;lang=&amp;amp;commcode=sgov members and their contact information].&lt;br /&gt;
*** Follow the Senate version of FRPAA in:&lt;br /&gt;
**** [http://www.govtrack.us/congress/bill.xpd?bill=s112-2096 GovTrack.us]&lt;br /&gt;
**** [http://www.opencongress.org/bill/112-s2096/actions OpenCongress]&lt;br /&gt;
**** [https://www.popvox.com/bills/us/112/s2096 PopVox]&lt;br /&gt;
**** [http://hdl.loc.gov/loc.uscongress/legislation.112s2096 THOMAS]&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://hdl.loc.gov/loc.uscongress/legislation.112hr4004 FRPAA in the House] (H.R. 4004)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Introduced February 9, 2012 by [http://doyle.house.gov/ Mike Doyle] (D-PA), [http://yoder.house.gov/ Kevin Yoder] (R-KS), and [http://clay.house.gov/ William Lacy Clay] (D-MO).&lt;br /&gt;
*** Referred to the [http://oversight.house.gov/ House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform]. See the [http://www.congressmerge.com/onlinedb/cgi-bin/newcommittee.cgi?site=congressmerge&amp;amp;lang=&amp;amp;commcode=hgovrefrm members and their contact infoformation].&lt;br /&gt;
*** Follow the House version of FRPAA in:&lt;br /&gt;
**** [http://www.govtrack.us/congress/bill.xpd?bill=h112-4004 GovTrack.us]&lt;br /&gt;
**** [http://www.opencongress.org/bill/112-h4004/actions OpenCongress]&lt;br /&gt;
**** [https://www.popvox.com/bills/us/112/hr4004 PopVox]&lt;br /&gt;
**** [http://hdl.loc.gov/loc.uscongress/legislation.112hr4004 THOMAS]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous versions of the bill === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;In the 111th Congress&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://hdl.loc.gov/loc.uscongress/legislation.111s1373 FRPAA in the Senate] (S. 1373)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Introduced June 15, 2009 by John Cornyn (R-TX) and Joe Lieberman (D-CT).&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://hdl.loc.gov/loc.uscongress/legislation.111hr5037 FRPAA in the House] (H.R. 5037)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Introduced April 15, 2010 by Rick Boucher (D-VA), Mike Doyle (D-PA), Gregg Harper (R-MS), Dana Rohrabacher (R-CA), Debbie Wasserman Schultz (D-FL), and Henry Waxman (D-CA).&lt;br /&gt;
** Major endorsements &lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://www.arl.org/sparc/advocacy/frpaa/institutions.shtml 120 US college and university presidents and provosts]&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://www.taxpayeraccess.org/supporters/scientists/nobelists_2009.shtml 41 Nobel laureates]&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://www.taxpayeraccess.org/bm~doc/oawg_cornyn_09jul.pdf 10 library associations and public-interest organizations]&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://www.nagps.org/files/FRPAA%20and%20open%20access_0.pdf National Association of Graduate Professional Students]&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://www.taxpayeraccess.org/bm~doc/frpaa-on-letterhead.pdf NetCoalition]&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://www.arl.org/sparc/bm~doc/dcc_opennessedu_10-19.pdf Committee for Economic Development]&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://www.taxpayeraccess.org/issues/frpaa2006/frpaa2006_supporters/ Others] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;In the 109th Congress&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://hdl.loc.gov/loc.uscongress/legislation.109s2695 FRPAA in the Senate] (S. 2695).&lt;br /&gt;
*** Introduced May 2, 2006 by John Cornyn (R-TX) and Joe Lieberman (D-CT)&lt;br /&gt;
** Major endorsements&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://www.arl.org/sparc/advocacy/frpaa/institutions_2006.shtml 132 US college and university presidents and provosts]&lt;br /&gt;
*** [http://www.taxpayeraccess.org/issues/frpaa2006/frpaa2006_supporters/ Others]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- == Publisher support == --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Action in support of FRPAA ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.taxpayeraccess.org/issues/frpaa/index.shtml Page on FRPAA] from the [http://www.taxpayeraccess.org/ Alliance for Taxpayer Access] (ATA).&lt;br /&gt;
** The [http://www.taxpayeraccess.org/action/FRPAA2012.shtml ATA call to action page on FRPAA].&lt;br /&gt;
** The [http://www.congressweb.com/cweb2/index.cfm/siteid/sparc ATA legislative action center] has a petition and modifiable, click-ready letters to legislators in support of FRPAA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://doyle.house.gov/press-releases-1/2012/02/doyle-introduces-bill-to-ensure-public-access-to-federally-funded-research.shtml Press release] on the House version of the bill, from Rep. Doyle&#039;s office, February 9, 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.arl.org/sparc/advocacy/frpaa/frpaafaq.shtml FAQ on FRPAA] from [http://www.arl.org/sparc/ SPARC].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Discussion and analysis ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the [http://oad.simmons.edu/oadwiki/OA_tracking_project OA Tracking Project], see the articles and comments tagged with [http://www.connotea.org/tag/oa.frpaa oa.frpaa].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On [https://plus.google.com/ Google+], see the posts tagged with [https://plus.google.com/s/%22federal%20research%20public%20access%20act%22%20OR%20frpaa%20OR%20%23frpaa #frpaa].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On [https://twitter.com/ Twitter], see the posts tagged with [https://twitter.com/#!/search/%23frpaa #frpaa].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/hoap HOAP] director Peter Suber has written several articles on previous versions of FRPAA:&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://www.earlham.edu/~peters/fos/newsletter/05-02-06.htm#frpaa Another OA mandate:  The Federal Research Public Access Act of 2006], SPARC Open Access Newsletter, May 2, 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://www.earlham.edu/~peters/fos/newsletter/02-02-07.htm#frpaa Twelve reminders about FRPAA], SPARC Open Access Newsletter, February 2, 2007.&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://www.earlham.edu/~peters/fos/newsletter/08-02-09.htm#frpaa The return of FRPAA], SPARC Open Access Newsletter, August 2, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://www.earlham.edu/~peters/fos/newsletter/05-02-10.htm#frpaa FRPAA introduced in the US House of Representatives], SPARC Open Access Newsletter, May 2, 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== A dozen reminders ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the third time that FRPAA has been introduced in Congress and subject to public debate.  Past experience suggests that these are the 12 points that opponents are most likely to distort or fail to mention.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- 1 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# FRPAA mandates deposit in OA repositories, not submission to OA journals.  It focuses on green OA and ignores gold OA.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- 2 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# FRPAA does not mandate that subscription-based journals convert to OA.  It does not tell any kind of journals what their access policies or business models ought to be.  It regulates grantees, not publishers.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- 3 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# FRPAA only applies to articles that have already been published in peer-reviewed journals.&lt;br /&gt;
#* This point has three important consequences.  First, it means that FRPAA doesn&#039;t apply to unpublished articles or research notes.  Therefore, it doesn&#039;t force premature disclosure from researchers who make patentable discoveries.  The policy kicks in only after researchers voluntarily decide to publish.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Second, the policy does not bypass peer review.  On the contrary, it demands peer review and merely widens access to peer-reviewed research.  &lt;br /&gt;
#* Third, it&#039;s about archiving copies, not meddling with the original publications.  Hence, the possibility of government censorship doesn&#039;t arise.  The original publications will be in libraries and independent web sites around the world, wherever the publisher&#039;s market reach and preservation back-ups have managed to place them.  If a future administration removed certain copies from its archive, for political purposes, that would not affect the originals at all. This point is only worth raising because of some peculiar history. Hard as it is to believe, in the wake of the 2006 version of FRPAA a PR consultant advised the Association of American Publishers (AAP), Elsevier, and Wiley to argue that &amp;quot;Public access equals government censorship&amp;quot;, and a short-lived organization created by the Association of American Publishers, called PRISM (Partnership for Research Integrity in Science &amp;amp; Medicine), actually tried it. Details [http://www.earlham.edu/~peters/fos/2007/01/siege-mentality-at-aap.html here] and [http://www.earlham.edu/~peters/fos/2007/08/publishers-launch-anti-oa-lobbying.html here]. If selective non-archiving of copies of unaltered originals is a kind of censorship, then those lobbying against an OA archiving mandate like FRPAA want systematic non-archiving and mass censorship.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- 4 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Under FRPAA, the government will not tell journals what to publish.  The government will not conduct peer review or tell journals how to conduct peer review.  It will not become a publisher where it wasn&#039;t already a publisher.  It will not &amp;quot;nationalize science&amp;quot; (whatever that means).&lt;br /&gt;
#* Government funding agencies will continue to decide what research they will fund.  Because they control significant funds, that&#039;s a significant power.  But FRPAA didn&#039;t create it and defeating FRPAA won&#039;t repeal it.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- 5 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# FRPAA mandates deposit in an OA repository, but it does not limit deposits to a single repository.&lt;br /&gt;
#* This is true in two senses.  First, FRPAA lets federal funding agencies host their own repositories or point grantees to suitable external repositories.  Second, even after agencies make their choice, and authors deposit their work in the designated repository, authors are not limited to that repository and may deposit their work in any other repositories as well.   The first point means that the designated repositories won&#039;t always be controlled by the government.  The second point means that, even when they are, authors may deposit in independent repositories without restraint.  The policy opens new access doors without closing any old ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- 6 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# FRPAA does not mandate OA to the published edition of an article.  It applies only to the final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript --basically, the version approved by peer review but not yet copy-edited.  This is a concession to publishers to preserve library incentives to subscribe.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- 7 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# FRPAA gives publishers the option to replace the author&#039;s manuscript in the designated repository with the final published version.  This is a solution for publishers who worry about the circulation of multiple versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- 8 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# FRPAA does not mandate OA immediately upon publication, but permits embargoes up to six months.  This is a concession to publishers and a compromise with the public interest in immediate public access.&lt;br /&gt;
#* For the first six months after publication, publishers will have exclusive distribution rights to both the published edition and (at their choice) the final version of the author&#039;s peer-reviewed manuscript.  After six months, publishers will still have exclusive distribution rights to the published edition, and the only time limit on that exclusivity is the duration of copyright itself (the life of the author plus 70 years).  Of course, publishers may voluntarily waive some of these exclusive rights by permitting authors to self-archive their postprints, and today more than 60% of surveyed publishers do just that.&lt;br /&gt;
#* The NIH policy allows an embargo of up to 12 months.  But the NIH is the outlier here, not FRPAA.  Even if the NIH&#039;s own field of medicine, the NIH is the only OA-mandating medical research funder in the world allowing embargoes longer than six months.  Every other one without exception limits embargoes to six months:  the Arthritis Research Campaign (UK), British Heart Foundation, Canadian Breast Cancer Research Alliance, Canadian Health Services Research Foundation, Canadian Institutes of Health Research,  Dunhill Medical Trust (UK), European Research Council, Cancer Research UK, Chief Scientist Office of the Scottish Executive Health Department, Department of Health (UK), Fonds de la recherche en santé du Québec (Canada), Fund to Promote Scientific Research (Austria), Genome Canada, Heart and Stroke Foundation of Canada, Howard Hughes Medical Institute, Joint Information Systems Committee (UK), Michael Smith Foundation for Health Research (Canada), National Cancer Institute of Canada, National Institute for Health Research (UK), Vetenskapsrådet (Swedish Research Council, Sweden), and the Wellcome Trust (UK).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- 9 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# FRPAA does not provide funds for publication fees at fee-based OA journals.&lt;br /&gt;
#* There&#039;s a healthy ongoing debate about whether funding agencies should offer to pay these fees.  Are they an unaffordable diversion of funds from research or a needed investment in unembargoed OA and peer-reviewed OA journals?  (There are publishers and OA proponents on each side of this question.)  The debate should continue, but don&#039;t let it confuse the issues.  Objections to the practice are not objections to FRPAA.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- 10 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# FRPAA does not depend on publisher consent or cooperation.  It will either rely on rights retention by authors (like the NIH policy) or on a special license already codified in federal law authorizing federal agencies to disseminate the results of the research they fund.  &lt;br /&gt;
#* The federal-purpose license and the NIH rights-retention method both give the government a non-exclusive right to disseminate OA copies of the articles.  Both methods prevent publishers from acquiring the full bundle of exclusive rights they might have desired and might otherwise have acquired.  Both methods entail joint ownership of these articles, with authors or agencies holding some rights and publishers holding other rights.  The publishing lobby routinely misrepresents this aspect of the policy, framing the issue as if publishers were &amp;quot;the copyright holders&amp;quot; to these articles, without qualification, and as if the government were expropriating their private property or blocking them from enforcing rights they possess, as opposed to preventing them from acquiring rights they wish to possess.  More detail [http://www.earlham.edu/~peters/fos/newsletter/10-02-08.htm#nih here].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- 11 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# FRPAA does not amend copyright law.  It does not seize or invalidate copyrights, prevent government-funded researchers from holding copyrights on their work, prevent them from transferring rights to publishers, or prevent publishers from enforcing the rights they acquire from authors.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- 12 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally, FRPAA makes no assumptions about how many members of the lay public are interested in reading peer-reviewed scientific research articles.  It doesn&#039;t matter that some members of the lay public won&#039;t care to read the articles that will become OA, just as it doesn&#039;t matter that some drivers won&#039;t care to drive on a given stretch of publicly-funded road.  Those who don&#039;t care to have access to cutting-edge research will still benefit because doctors, manufacturers, policy-makers, non-profits, and researchers have access.  FRPAA will benefit everyone who cares to read this research, and benefit everyone else indirectly by benefiting researchers directly.  The purpose is not to widen access for lay readers alone (a straw-man argument of the publishing lobby), or for professionals alone, but to widen access for everyone who can make use of publicly-funded research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section is adapted from a couple of Peter Suber&#039;s previous articles. This version will be revised to respond to frequently heard misunderstandings.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shieber</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>